London Life May 2015 by Fish Media Group Ltd

FROM THE

EDITOR

There are more billionaires in London than any other city in the world, with 80 of them calling the capital home, cementing its status as a playground for the super-rich. London is home to 80 of the UK’s 117 billionaires, who hold a combined wealth of £325bn, accounting for 59 per cent of the entire rich list which ranks the fortunes of the top 1,000 wealthiest people in the UK. Royal Ascot, one of the iconic summer highlights of the British sporting and social calendar, opens its gates on Tuesday 16th June 2015, for five days of world-class racing, pageantry, high fashion and Fine Dining. After many years of having the one outpost in London, the Ivy is stretching its legs and continuing to expand across London, Only late last year they launched the Ivy Market Grill in Covent Garden and now they’re heading west to the King’s Road for the very alfresco-y Ivy Chelsea Garden. Pimms, paddles and posh nosh will be in abundance this year at Henley Royal Regatta when party people and racing enthusiasts alike, take to the banks of the River Thames for one of England’s most prestigious summer sporting and social events, from Wednesday 1st to Sunday 5th July. This gives you just a small taste of exciting events & articles featured in this month’s issue...

Window shopping Replacing beautiful timber windows and doors, beautifully

Faye Manning Editor

Get This Edition Online

Published By The Fish Media Group Ltd, The Ridings, Woodfield Lane, Essendon, Herts , Al9 6Jj.

0844 800 8439 www.thelifemagazines.com

EDITOR Faye Manning EDITOR’S ASSISTANT Katie Miller SUB EDITOR Alex Lux FASHION EDITOR Rachel Gold DESIGN & PRODUCTION Toni Perry

SENIOR BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER Vanessa Lane ACCOUNT MANAGERS Anita Hill, Nicola Drew SALES James Marshall DIRECTORS Rory Smith Patrick Smith

www.ayrtonbespoke.com Telephone 020 8877 8920 Email enquiries@ayrtonbespoke.com 406 Merton Road, London SW18 5AD

Choose your colour

Choose your width

The Curzon Cinema in Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Victoria Istoria Bespoke wood flooring by Jordan Andrews

Istoria Bespoke wood flooring in Heathrow’s Terminal 2 Heston Blumenthal’s The Perfectionists' Café

Choose your grade

Choose your surface treatments

Choose your finish

80-82 Park Road, London N8 8JQ • t 0208 341 9222 • w jordanandrews.com London showroom opening hours • Mon - Thu 8am - 6pm • Fri 8am - 5pm • Sat 9am - 3pm

Summer Living, Close to London Very rarely has Octagon been given the opportunity to design and build a new house of such magnitude, character and elegance, notwithstanding the beautiful surroundings of Totteridge Common’s revered conservation area. This is undoubtedly one of the finest new properties the company has ever built in its illustrious 35-year history. A statement in itself, given the several hundred awards Octagon has received for the build and design of many of its previous houses. This house is exceptionally large, exquisitely appointed, and sits comfortably within a beautifully landscaped 3 acre plot, yet is surprisingly close to central London via the underground or road. Price on Application Viewing is by appointment only Statons Estate Agents: Nick Staton, 07970 700 600 Knight Frank: Grant Alexson, 020 7317 7950 Octagon: 020 8481 7500 Octagon has other fine properties for sale in north London and the Home Counties with prices currently ranging from £2.5 million to £16 million. Please see our website for details.

www.octagon.co.uk

Basement Design Construction and Complete Project Management

www.cranbrook.co.uk 0800 525 883 26 - 28 Hammersmith Grove W6 7BA London Free no obligation initial design survey, feasibility advice, quotation and 3D visualisation

THE GREATEST FLAT RACE IN THE WORLD

LONDON ART WEEK 2015

WITNESS THE AWAKENING BEAUTY OF KEW

112 BRANCH ON THE PARK

CONTENTS EDITORS LETTER

CONTENTS 7 LOCAL LIFE, ARTS & EVENTS

GOLFING 50 ART GALLERY GUIDE

NEW HOMES

INDEPENENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

FASHION 110 HEALTH & BEAUTY

121

HOUSE & GARDEN

131

GARDENS GUIDE

165

EVENTS

The Ivy goes west Ivy Chelsea Garden opens on the King’s Road

fter many years of having the one outpost in London, the Ivy is stretching its legs and continuing to expand across London, Only late last year they launched the Ivy Market Grill in Covent Garden and now they’re heading west to the King’s Road for the very alfresco-y Ivy Chelsea Garden. The Ivy Chelsea Garden is a casual British restaurant serving an extensive all-day menu of food and cocktails. The restaurant, bar and café inside have an aura of approachable sophistication and familiar luxury; all designed by Martin Brudnizki and his team (Ivy Market Grill, Holborn Dining Room, Hix, 34 and many, many others). Outside is an extensive garden, complete with a terrace and orangery. It has been designed by Anthony Challis and Dan Curran of Ginkgo Gardens and promises “trailing wisteria and climbing roses adorning the garden’s pergolas, the soothing sound of water tinkling on the stone clad fountains, arched antique mirrors set into leafy trellises.” According to the Ivy’s press release, we

1 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

can expect the following: “The colour palate includes burned orange, pewter, forest green and mustard yellow. The floors range from reclaimed wooden parquet to a marble mosaic black and white diamond pattern; the antique mirrors, bronzed wall lights and lanterns add a touch of faded glamour”. And as for the food, the all-day menu (plus weekend brunch) promises a mix of British and international dishes. There will be afternoon tea too and they’ll have toasted crumpets with Marmite, mustard and parsley butter for “elevenses”. THE DETAILS The Ivy 197 King’s Road, London SW3 5ED You can book now on 020 3301 0300 or on their website. theivychelseagarden.com For more information, follow them on Twitter @IvyChelsGarden

Crafting the exceptional

London, England

81 Lower Sloane Street, Chelsea, SW1W 8DA www.theOriginalSofaCo.com

EVENTS

Sunday 14th June 2015 Guards Po Club lo

Queen’s Cup Final A s the longest standing polo sponsor in history, “The King of Jewellers”, is proud to celebrate and honour its longstanding relationship with polo, the “King of Sports”. We would like to take the opportunity to look back and celebrate the wonderful years that Cartier has been privileged to support polo worldwide. Cartier first sponsored the International Day in 1984 and since then, the Cartier International Day became the largest and most prestigious polo spectator event in the world, attracting over 25,000 people in Windsor Great Park at Guards Polo Club. It was for 27 years that Cartier sponsored the International Polo day at Guards Polo Club before deciding to sponsor the Queen’s Cup, one of the world’s leading polo tournaments. With the best polo players in the world participating, it is a highlight for the sport’s elite and spectators alike. Past players have included HRH Prince Philip, who played in the final and HRH Prince Charles who won the trophy. HM The Queen first presented her cup to Guards Polo Club in 1960 and historically attends Finals Day. Thirty years later, Cartier continues to hold its signature of tradition and passion the world over. Events such as the St. Moritz Polo, the Cartier International Dubai Polo Challenge,

1 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

The Cartier World Elephant Polo championship and the first polo event in Beijing have all contributed towards the embodiment of what polo and Cartier have achieved together. Cartier polo events are always a much anticipated event in the British social calendar and while the sport of polo has embedded itself in British culture, it has never ceased to expand to other parts of the world. From Cartier’s first ever sponsorship with the International Day at Guards, to the Cartier Queen’s Cup polo, guests have included royalty, celebrities, the respected polo community and many more. Cartier polo events have seen some of the world’s most famous faces such as the Royal Family, Angelina Jolie, Colin Firth, Keira Knightley, Sharon Stone and Emma Watson to name a few. Cartier and polo’s long standing rapport has resulted in something truly iconic and it is a relationship that Cartier is honoured to uphold for years to come. THE DETAILS For further details please visit www.guardspoloclub.com/ tournaments/the-cartier-queens-cup-final--2 Guards Polo Club Smith’s Lawn, Windsor Great Park, Egham, Surrey TW20 0HP

Auctioneers & Valuers Antiques | Jewellery | Watches

The Watch Sale Next sale taking place on the 26th May at 11am Visit www.fellows.co.uk to view the full catalogue for this monthly auction and sign up to leave a bid online. Mayfair Office | 2nd Floor, 3 Queen Street, London, W1J 5PA Jewellery Quarter Saleroom | 19 Augusta Street, Birmingham, B18 6JA

fellowsauctions

EVENTS

Saturday 20th June 2015 The River Field, Black Bears Polo Club, Henley-on-Thames

The British Polo Day

Charity Cup BRITISH POLO DAY IS A CELEBRATION OF BRITISH LUXURY HERITAGE - IN JUST FOUR YEARS THE BRITISH POLO DAY CALENDAR HAS GROWN TO ENCAPSULATE A NETWORK OF EVENTS INTERNATIONALLY.

he story of Day stems from a love of the ancient sport of polo and a recognition that the international language of the horse can bridge cultures, bringing people together - on a global scale. Each event features British polo players from some of the Britain’s leading institutions, competing against teams from the host country. The British side has fielded teams and players from Eton, Harrow, Oxford, Cambridge and The British Army, to name a few. The British Polo Day Charity Cup, presented by Land Rover, is the home leg of the British Polo Day Series, and offers one of the most prestigious days out of the year... 12pm Taittinger Champagne Reception and Harrods Garden Party 12.30pm Brompton Bicycle Polo Theo Randall Authored Lunch & iBid Auction commences 1pm 2.15pm Live Auction British Exiles vs Commonwealth 3pm 4.15pm Afternoon Tea 4.30pm British Schools vs Balvanera Prize Giving Ceremony and The Royal Salute 6pm 6.15pm iBid Auction Closes

The eagerly-anticipated British Polo Day Charity Cup auction will consist of six lots raising money for Head Injury Through Sport, Invictus Games, The Eve Branson Foundation, NSPCC, The Brooke and Doña en Vida. British Polo Day hopes to raise significant funds for these worthy causes. THE DETAILS For information on The British Polo Day Charity Club, or for information on forthcoming global polo events please visit: www.britishpoloday.com/events/great-britain Follow on Twitter or become a fan on Facebook for all the latest news and updates.

1 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

For the ultimate in luxury, Abercrombie & Kent are offering this exclusive package... THURSDAY 18TH Evening: Drinks at Hackett Sloane Square, Authored dinner in top London Mexican Restaurant followed by Casa Dragones & Mezcal Afterparty at Tonteria FRIDAY 19TH Day: Royal Salute morning at The Tower of London followed by lunch at The House of Lords Evening: Justerini and Brooks Wine Tasting followed by Partners and Players Dinner at Franco’s, St James with cigars kindly provided by Davidoff SATURDAY 20TH Day: British Polo Day at the Black Bears Polo Club where the British Exiles will be playing against the Commonwealth and Eton will take on the Balvanera Polo Club, Mexico Evening: Taylor Morris Afterparty with VIP guests To book the luxury package with Abercrombie & Kent, please call 01242 547895

since 1962

Solid Wood Furniture Specialists

GROWN : DESIGNED : MADE

for YOU

Visit:

London & M25 Showrooms 020 7253 3206 or 01372 379810

www.wharfside.co.uk

EVENTS

The Asahi British Beach Polo Championships 2015 THE ASAHI BRITISH BEACH POLO CHAMPIONSHIPS IS DUE TO RETURN TO SANDBANKS ON THE 10TH AND 11TH JULY 2015. NOW IN ITS 8TH YEAR,THIS YEAR’S EVENT WILL BE BIGGER AND BETTER THAN EVER.

rena polo is a high adrenaline game, and when played on a stunning Blue Flag beach brings out the very best from the players, ponies and guests. Unlike grass polo, arena polo is played within a smaller area with 3 rather than 4 players per team. The games are always very physical as the players are in close proximity to each other. Arena polo is a great spectator sport as the fans are so close to the action at all times. Jack Kidd, professional polo player says; “Top polo players are keen to return to Sandbanks to play incredibly competitive polo in front of a large and enthusiastic crowd. The setting is spectacular and I can’t wait for July!” The ever popular Beach Volleyball will return again for 2015, this year hosted by Revo and Barnabys, The REVOlution Sandslam promises to deliver top class beach volleyball on both days to entertain the large crowds.

Once the sun goes down, the legendary beach parties begin. Due to the success of previous years Coco Loco will be hosting both nights, bringing in top DJs from around the UK. Guests will party into the early hours with DJ EZ headlining on Friday. Whether visitors are dining in the waterfront Sandpolo Hospitality marquee, enjoying the exclusive VIP experience, soaking up the atmosphere with General Admission tickets, or just choosing to sit outside the fence on the purpose built beach viewing area, it is a chance for polo, beach volleyball and the Jurassic English coast to show off its attributes. THE DETAILS For more information visit the website at www.sandpolo.com

We are delighted to be returning to Sandbanks again. Each year the event gets more popular and introduces more people to the exciting game of polo. The regular polo crowd love the atmosphere at Sandbanks with its glorious beach, and of course our parties are the talking point on the polo circuit. JOHNNY WHEELER, DIRECTOR OF SANDPOLO 1 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

EVENTS

The Hurlingha m Club 23rd- 26th Ju ne

2015

Experience an unforgettable match at the

TENNIS CLASSIC 2015 T

he BNP Paribas Tennis Classic takes place at the height of the summer tennis season and is one of the most intimate tennis events in the social calendar. Set in the tranquil 42-acre grounds of The Hurlingham Club, the event showcases some of the current stars of today, playing in a series of singles exhibition matches as they finalise their preparations ahead of Wimbledon, as well as a number of tennis legends. The tournament brings together a combination of timeless elegance and quintessentially English traditions, giving spectators the opportunity to combine unforgettable tennis with first-rate hospitality experiences whilst escaping the crowds in one of London’s most intimate and breath-taking settings. Already confirmed for the tournament are some of the world’s top ATP players. The line-up includes last year’s Wimbledon semi-finalist Grigor Dimitrov, World No.5 Kei Nishikori, World No.7 Tomáš Berdych and World No.9 and current US Open Champion, Marin Cilic. Cilic and Nishikori met during the US Open last

2 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

September as they both reached their maiden Grand Slam Final, with Cilic coming through 6-3, 6-3, 6-3. Cilic was the first Croatian to win a Grand Slam since his coach, Goran Ivanisevic, in 2001. Joining the ATP players will be a number of worldclass tennis legends including former British No.1 and US Open Finalist Greg Rusedski, former Canadian Open Champion Mikael Pernfors, 2001 Wimbledon Champion Goran Ivanisevic, former Wimbledon semi-finalist, Xavier Malisse and Australian Open finalist Thomas Enqvist, as well as crowd pleaser Mansour Bahrami. On his return to The Hurlingham Club, Ivanisevic said: “The BNP Paribas Tennis Classic is always such a great way to kick start the summer tennis season. It’s not only a great warm-up for the ATP players, it’s also a fantastic event for us Legends to play against our old rivals again.” The event, which takes place from the 23rd to 26th June, is seen by many as the perfect warm-up to Wimbledon and is sure to be a highlight of the summer party season. THE DETAILS Booking information call 020 8233 5854 or email BNPParibasClassic@img.com www.BNPParibasTennisClassic.com IMGTennis

IMGTennis

Creative Originality Of Italian Designers & Craftsmen

Our Reputation for Quality Furniture spans over 35 years

FREE DESIGN

CONSULTATION T ' S

C ' S

A P P L Y

VISIT OUR NEWLY REFURBISHED 15,000 sq.ft. SHOWROOM ... STAPLES CORNER BUSINESS PARK 1000 NORTH CIRCULAR RD NW2 6LU STAPLES@JOYSLEEP.CO.UK

STAPLES CORNER

020 8830 7670

WEMBLEY RETAIL CENTRE

THURROCK RETAIL PARK

020 8903 1284 THEFURNITUREGALLERY.NET

01708 866 556

EVENTS feaTuRe

OarsOme day by the river

imms, paddles and posh nosh will be in abundance this year at Henley Royal Regatta when party people and racing enthusiasts alike, take to the banks of the River ames for one of England’s most prestigious summer sporting and social events, from Wednesday 1st to Sunday 5th July. For those that want to retreat from the crowded aﬀairs of the tow paths, avoid queuing for bottles of champagne and enjoy the shaded retreat of some of the finest hospitality along the course, Temple Island Enclosure during Henley Royal Regatta still remains one of the most favoured places to entertain on the Regatta course, close to the start of the racing. is prestigious enclosure located on the Berkshire side of the river (the rowing side) first opened it’s doors over 30 years ago with a range of riverside restaurants and private hospitality chalets and is now also home to one of London’s most prolific nightclubs, Chinawhite on Friday evening and Saturday. Restyled in 2014, Temple Island Enclosure featured newly designed hospitality restaurants of clean crisp summer styling, enlarged riverside gardens, with outdoor bars and views of the racing, waitress service and relaxing lounge areas combining perfectly with the chilled vibe of music for lazy days by the river. Choose to dine in the restaurant where private tables are guaranteed for a minimum of two guests, or reserve a private chalet on one or more days of the regatta. On arrival, guests are treated to Champagne reception with canapés served from the al fresco bars, followed by a spectacular summer lunch accompanied by a choice of chilled wines and of course, not to be missed on any day during the Regatta, complimentary bubbles, magnums of rosé wine and summer cocktails.

Afternoon tea will be an eclectic aﬀair of strawberries, meringues, and if all this isn’t enough, then guests have the opportunity to participate on a river cruise along the Regatta course, a chance to take in the ambiance and excitement of the racing whilst enjoy. Glitz & Glamour, the most hotly anticipate party by the river Chinawhite, One of World’s most prolific nightclubs returns to Temple Island Enclosure during Henley Royal Regatta on Friday and Saturday for what promises to be, yet again, a celebrity filled party. Sold out in 2014, this eagerly anticipated party is sure to be the hottest ticket on the river in 2015 and will feature headline DJ, electrifying entertainment and a glamorous guest list. As the racing comes to an end on Friday and Saturday evening, the real party will begin; this is the party not to be missed! hospitality ticKets Wednesday 1st to Sunday 5th July Temple Island Restaurant, Champagne reception, four course lunch, afternoon tea, complimentary bar, parking plus much more From £199 pp + VAT Private Chalets also available for 30+ guests chinaWhite restaurant & niGhtclub Saturday 5th July Full day ticket including drinks reception, three-course lunch with wine, bar parking & after party VIP admission plus much more. £209.00 pp + VAT

HOW TO BOOK Hospitality tickets & Chinawhite Restaurant Call 01923 710970 or log on to www.ambro-events.com for information and reservations A Y2 021051 5 2262 mM ay

E TEM

E ST. 19 86

D EN

E ISL

OSU

Henley Royal Regatta Wednesday 1st – Sunday 5th July 2015

VIP RIVERSIDE HOSPITALITY

PIMMS, PADDLES & POSH NOSH Temple Island Enclosure Riverside Restaurant & Private Chalets From £179 pp + VAT

+ Riverside gardens + Al fresco bars + Champagne & canapés + 4 course lunch + Strawberries & cream tea + Complimentary bar + Car parking + Programme + River cruise + Chinawhite restaurant And much more...

The Main Event – Saturday 4th July VIP Hospitality – £209 + VAT After Party – Friday 3rd July 6.30 pm onwards

For information & reservations call

www.ambro-events.com

01923 710970 or email info@ambro-events.com

FEATURE

Sunday Times

Rich List 2015

London has more billionaires than any other city in the world

here are more billionaires in London than any other city in the world, with 80 of them calling the capital home, cementing its status as a playground for the super-rich. London is home to 80 of the UK’s 117 billionaires, who hold a combined wealth of £325bn, accounting for 59 per cent of the entire rich list which ranks the fortunes of the top 1,000 wealthiest people in the UK. The capital leads the way in attracting the world’s superrich, ahead of New York with the second largest number at 56 and neighbouring Paris with 21, according to the Sunday Times Rich List. The annual list is an estimate of wealth including land, property, assets or significant shares, but excludes bank accounts. The collective wealth of the UK’s richest 1,000 has more than doubled over the last 10 years, according to the list. They now have a combined fortune of nearly £550bn. In 2005 that figure was just £249bn. Billionaires in the capital include the country’s richest man, Warner Music mogul Len Blavatnik, who’s Left to right Lewis Hamilton, wealth grew 31 per cent Len Blavatnik Mark Scheinberg to £13.17bn. Business and Sir Paul McCartney brothers Sri and Gopi Hinduja who last year topped the list were knocked into second place, despite growing their fortune by £1.1bn. Their wealth now stands at £13bn, made from oil, banking, property and media. Selfridges and Primark owners Galen and George Weston managed to grow their fortune more than any other super-rich Londoner - by £3.7bn - rising from tenth place in the ranking last year to third. There are 13 more billionaires in the UK than this time last year, with five of those coming to London - Mark Scheinberg is a new entry into the exclusive London billionaires club with a £2.76bn fortune made from creating online gambling sites. Teddy Sagi, the gaming

2 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

and software entrepreneur who bought up Camden market also joined with wealth of £2.53bn. Chelsea owner Roman Abramovich however, reportedly had a disappointing year, with the Sunday Times claiming £1.23bn has been wiped off his fortune – which now stands at £7.29bn. Virgin Group founder Richard Branson is one of a few British-born billionaires in the top 25, with an estimated £4.1bn fortune. The Queen is £10m better off than 2014 but for the first time, is not in the top 300 on the list. To even make it into this year’s top 1000 requires £100million, ruling out most music and sport stars. One notable exception is ex-Beatle Sir Paul McCartney who is estimated to have £730m, making him the country’s richest musician. Lewis Hamilton is still the richest sportsman in Britain with a fortune of £88m but Wayne Rooney has overtaken Jenson Button to sit second, with an overall wealth of £72m, £1m ahead of F1 driver Button.

THE SUNDAY TIMES

RICH LIST TOP 10

1. Len Blavatnik............................................... £13.17bn 2. Sri and Gopi Hinduja........................................ £13bn 3. Galen and George Weston and family............ £11bn 4. Alisher Usmanov.............................................. £9.8bn 5. David and Simon Reuben.............................. £9.7bn 6. Ernesto and Kirsty Bertarelli........................ £9.45bn 7. Lakshmi Mittal and family.............................. £9.2bn 8. Kirsten and Jorn Rausing............................... £8.7bn 9. The Duke of Westminster............................ £8.56bn 10. Roman Abramovich..................................... £7.29bn

Explore a world of audio-visual excellence â&#x20AC;&#x201C; in the heart of Knightsbridge.

THE LOVE AFFAIR COLLECTION

Bang & Olufsen of Knightsbridge prides itself in complementing the acclaimed Bang & Olufsen range with a level of service that far exceeds expectations. Specialising in luxury home audio-visual solutions and offering unrivalled expertise together with vast home automation capability, Bang & Olufsen of Knightsbridge invites you to experience the exciting world of Bang & Olufsen at its cutting edge showroom. Visit Bang & Olufsen of Knightsbridge and discover a new dimension to your audio-visual enjoyment.

0% interest-free finance available* Please ask for details.

*Credit subject to status. Terms and conditions apply.

Bang & Olufsen of Knightsbridge 3a 50 Brompton Road Knightsbridge London SW3 1BW 0207 052 9292 knightsbridge@bang-olufsen.com www.bang-olufsen.com

EVENTS

Friday 1 th 2 Saturda –th y 13 June 201 Royal A 5 lbert Hall

Breakfast atTiffany’s Live E xperience 1961 romantic comedy Breakfast at Tiffany’s like never before, with the timeless film screened in the iconic Royal Albert Hall, as Henry Mancini’s Academy Award-winning score is performed simultaneously by the Philharmonia Film Orchestra and accompanied by a choir, conducted by Justin Freer. The classic Blake Edwards film, based on Truman Capote’s bestselling novella, stars Audrey Hepburn as Holly Golightly, a deliciously eccentric New York city playgirl who catches the attention of her new neighbour, struggling writer Paul Varjak (George Peppard). Regularly cited as one of the greatest movies ever made, it’s also among the most stylish, with the sight of Holly –

2 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

oversized cigarette holder in hand – one of the most recognisable and arresting moments in cinema. This World Premiere of Breakfast at Tiffany’s Live will bring the film to vivid life, as Mancini’s legendary score, including Oscar-winning song Moon River, is celebrated on the world’s most famous stage You can also enhance your evening with a fine dining package. Enjoy pre-show hospitality in the Royal Albert Hall’s Coda restaurant before enjoying the film from premium Stalls seats. THE DETAILS To book, please visit call 0845 401 5005 or visit www.royalalberthall.com.

THORNHILL GALLERIES OFFERS ONE OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST COLLECTIONS OF FINE QUALITY ANTIQUE AND REPRODUCTION FIREPLACES. WITH OVER 130 YEARS IN THE BUSINESS, WE HAVE RECENTLY COMPLETED AN AMBITIOUS DEVELOPMENT OF A BRAND NEW SHOWROOM, WHERE OUR COLLECTION OF OVER 350 ENGLISH, FRENCH AND ITALIAN FIREPLACES CAN BE SEEN ON DISPLAY, TOGETHER WITH A WIDE SELECTION OF FIREGRATES AND OTHER FIREPLACE ACCESSORIES. WE ALSO OFFER A COMPLETE BESPOKE SERVICE, HAND-CRAFTING THE FINEST QUALITY FIREPLACES TO ANY DESIGN FROM MARBLES AND LIMESTONES SOURCED FROM AROUND THE WORLD.

EVENTS

Until Saturday 22nd August 2015

You’re invited to the wedding of the year, and what a swell party it’s going to be!

IMAGES ©JOHAN PERSSON

ole Porter’s classic feel-good musical, High Society is now playing at The Old Vic in a glittering new production staged in the round. Directed by multiaward-winning director and musical star Maria Friedman (director of Merrily We Roll Along, Olivier Awardwinner for Best Musical Revival, Critics’ Circle and Evening Standard Awards for Best Musical). High Society is based on The Philadelphia Story and the 1956 film musical starring Bing Crosby, Grace Kelly and Frank Sinatra. Featuring hit songs including ‘True Love’, ‘You’re Sensational’, ‘Well did you Evah?’ and the unforgettable ‘Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?’ Long Island socialite Tracy Lord is planning her lavish summer wedding when her ex-husband appears to try and win her back. His unwelcome arrival threatens to disrupt proceedings. When tabloid reporter Mike Connor arrives to cover the nuptials, he too takes a shine to the bride-tobe. But which of these three suitors will she choose? Maria Friedman, Director, said “It feels so right and exciting to be bringing Cole Porter’s High Society to The Old Vic.

2 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

ENSEMBLE

Being in the round leaves our beguiling, hysterically funny Lord family nowhere to hide as we watch their daughter’s wedding plans disintegrate in 24 hours.”

KATE FLEETWOOD

Music and Lyrics by Cole Porter Book by Arthur Kopit Additional Lyrics by Susan Birkenhead Based on the play The Philadelphia Story by Philip Barry Also based on the Turner Entertainment Co. motion picture “High Society” THE DETAILS Monday - Saturday 7.30pm; Wednesday 2:30pm (from 20th May); Saturday 2:30pm (from 9th May) Tickets £10-£65 Premium Seats available, for more information please call the box office Box Office 0844 871 7628 The Old Vic,The Cut, London SE1 8NB www.oldvictheatre.com

JAMIE PARKER & RICHARD GRIEVE

Royal Albert Hall presents

Royal Albert Hall Friday 12 June, 7.30pm Saturday 13 June, 2.30pm & 7.30pm

Live Film with live orchestra

Philharmonia Film Orchestra Conductor Justin Freer

Win one of five pairs of tickets for Breakfast at Tiffany’s

To be in with a chance of winning and see full terms and conditions visit www.hotticketoffers.com/competitionstiffanys and enter competition code ‘Life’ followed by your details.

Call: 0845 401 5005 royalalberthall.com

/royalalberthall @royalalberthall

PRODUCED BY

EVENTS

Style like nowhere else...

Royal Ascot 2015 TUESDAY 16TH – SATURDAY 20TH JUNE 2015

oyal Ascot, one of the iconic summer highlights of the British sporting and social calendar, opens its gates on Tuesday 16th June 2015, for five days of world-class racing, pageantry, high fashion and Fine Dining. The centrepiece of Ascot’s year, Royal Ascot, is arguably the world’s most famous race meeting. First organised in 1711 at the behest of Queen Anne, and attended by British Monarchs ever since, each day of Royal Ascot traditionally begins with the Royal Procession, in which The Queen along with her family and guests parade in front of the packed grandstands in their horse-drawn carriages. The five-day meeting attracts some of the best horses from around the globe. With the introduction of an additional Group One race this year Royal Ascot 2015 promises to be an equally important and impressive racing occasion. Royal Ascot 2015 will feature 18 Group races, including eight Group Ones, with total prize money across five days in excess of £5.3million. The minimum value of any race at Royal Ascot remains £60,000. All races throughout the week will be televised live on Channel 4. It has been said that fashions fade, but style is eternal. For over three hundred years guests have delighted in dressing up for the Royal Meeting. With outfits that have been months in the planning, and a showcase of the world’s finest millinery, Royal Ascot’s iconic style is as special and unique as it always has been. The hats, shoes and dresses at Royal Ascot are as colourful and creative as the jockeys’ silks. At Royal Ascot, everywhere one turns there is an outfit to admire. Gentlemen in the Royal Enclosure are required to wear black or grey morning dress with a waistcoat and tie, and their incredibly smart, attire serves as the perfect foil for the ladies who, within certain guidelines, get a much freer remit for expression. Fine Dining has always been an important ingredient in the Royal Ascot experience and by working with some of the world’s most prestigious partners, 2015 is no exception. Twice Michelin starred chefs, Michael Caines and Phil Howard will headline this year’s hospitality.

3 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

35,000 guests enjoy Fine Dining at Royal Ascot every year, attracted by the combination of internationally revered Chefs, innovative menus and the unique spectacle of the Royal Meeting. There are 12 restaurants to choose from, each with their own individual flavour. The broad range ensures there is a choice to suit all tastes and budgets for both private and corporate guests. Excluding On5 and the Panoramic Restaurant, menus for the most part are designed by Ascot’s award- winning Executive Chef, Steve Golding, who was recently a runner-up for the 2014 Catey’s Chef of the Year. Private Boxes where guests can enjoy a champagne reception, four course menu and private service in their own private space are also available. A selection of menus are offered designed by Steve Golding and catering partner, Rhubarb. In all of Ascot’s restaurants and Private Boxes, an awardwinning Royal Ascot blend of loose leaf tea is served as part of the traditional Royal Ascot Afternoon Tea. The bespoke blend was created in 2014 by world-renowned tea connoisseur. Henrietta Lovell, owner of the Rare Tea Company. For Royal Ascot 2015, Champagne Bollinger will have two exclusive bars in the Royal Enclosure Garden, as well as the Bollinger Lounge on the Motivator Lawn. Champagne Bollinger is also available at all bars throughout the racecourse and during the Royal Meeting there will be a specially created Bollinger Champagne afternoon tea. THE DETAILS Royal Ascot tickets are from £20 - £80. Fine Dining starts from £250 per person + VAT. There are three ticket types available; The Royal Enclosure (members only), Grandstand Admission and Silver Ring Admission. To book tickets visit www.ascot.co.uk/royal-ascot-2015 or call 0844 346 3000. To book Fine Dining email hospitality@ascot.co.uk or call 0844 346 0346. Ascot Racecourse Ascot, Berkshire SL5 7JX www.ascot.co.uk

Music and Lyrics Cole Porter Book by Arthur Kopit Additional Lyrics by Susan Birkenhead Based on the play The Philadelphia Story by Philip Barry Also based on the Turner Entertainment Co. motion picture High Society

unTiL 22 Aug oldvictheatre.com 0844 871 7628

Featuring hit songs including True

Love, weLL, did you evAH? and the unforgettable wHo wAnTs To be A miLLionAire? The Old Vic Season Sponsor

MOUNTVIEW SUMMER COURSES FOR ADULTS AND YOUNG PEOPLE ONE AND THREE-WEEK COURSES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE IN ACTING AND MUSICAL THEATRE AMATEUR DIRECTORS’ WEEKEND SUMMER EXPERIENCE FOR AMATEUR ACTORS WARDROBE WEEKEND STAGE MANAGEMENT WEEKEND

MOUNTVIEW.ORG.UK/SHORTCOURSES · 020 8826 9217

Partnering The Old Vic

The Greatest Flat Race...

EVENTS

...in the World

Friday 5th & Saturday 6th June 2015

The Investec Derby Festival, Epsom Downs Racecourse Considered the greatest flat race in the world, more than 125,000 people will flock through the gates during the two day festival to enjoy a combination of spectacular horseracing, fabulous fashions and an unbeatable atmosphere – firmly establishing the occasion is as ever, a summer event not to be missed.

he Investec Derby Festival, Britain’s richest horse race is the most prestigious of the country’s five Classics and often referred to as the “Blue Riband” of the turf. The name “Derby” has become synonymous with great races all over the world, and as such has been borrowed many times, notably by the Kentucky Derby. However, the Epsom Derby is the original and remains one of Britain’s great national events transcending its own field of interest. This year, the racecourse has announced socialites and models Millie Mackintosh and Laura Whitmore as the fashion ambassadors of the event and gold medal heptathlete Denise Lewis, as the sporting ambassador. Working with other top names including Michel and Albert Roux who this year have created the menu for Chez Roux @ Blue Riband Restaurant, there will be a host of celebrities present to represent the two day festival. Investec Ladies’ Day on Friday 5 June attracts a wealth of stylish ladies for a classic day’s racing. An eclectic mix of eye catching millinery and the latest fashion trends can be spotted across the racecourse as spectators gather to soak up the afternoon’s incredible racing. Racegoers will also have the opportunity to dress to impress and compete in the annual ‘Best Dressed Lady’ competition with some fabulous prizes to be won. Headlining the day’s entertainment will be the Investec Oaks, which features some of the world’s finest three year old fillies battling it out for £450k in prize money.

3 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

Investec Derby Day on Saturday 6 June 2015 remains one of the most famous events in the world’s racing calendar and the Investec Derby, in its 236th year, is the UK’s most valuable race worth £1.25m million in prize money. Firmly established as the most exciting and prestigious race of the season, the famous Epsom track will play host to Europe’s best horses and riders, all eager to take home the Derby title. There will be plenty of entertainment throughout the two day festival including live bands, stilt walkers, traditional fun fair and stands on The Hill plus the family enclosure which this year has a host of new entertainment including a Big Top, traditional Helter Skelter and Carousel. Rupert Trevelyan, Regional Director of London Racecourses commented: “This is my sixth Investec Derby Festival and each year I look forward to an exciting two days where not only do we get to watch some of the best racing in the country but most importantly experience people having lots of fun. This is an event you have to experience at least once in your life as it’s an experience you will never forget.” THE DETAILS To book tickets to the Investec Derby Festival please visit www.epsomderby.co.uk or call Epsom Downs Racecourse on 0844 579 3004.

In purSuIt of exceLLence

33 Bruton Street, London, W1J 6HH 0 2 0 7 4 9 9 4 4 1 1 | w w w. h o l l a n d a n d h o l l a n d . c o m

EVENTS

23rd, 24 & 25th May Syon Park

Foodies Festival

transforms Syon Park into a foodie heaven FOODIES FESTIVAL,THE UK’S BIGGEST CELEBRATION OF FOOD AND DRINK, IS COMING TO SYON PARK AS PART OF THEIR 10TH ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATIONS WITH CELEBRITY CHEFS, NEWTASTINGTHEATRES AND MORE STREET FOODTHANYOU CAN SHAKE A SATAY STICK AT.

ichelin-star chef Jesse Dunford Wood of PARLOUR joins TV chef Aldo Zilli, Matt Robinson of The Bluebird, Michael Weiss from Quaglinos, Steve Drakes of Drakes and Richard Kirkwood of The Wright Brothers in the Aga Rangemaster Chefs Theatre. The top chefs will share their favourite summer recipes and tips for visitors to take away and impress family and friends with at home. Fans of MasterChef can watch 2014 winner Ping Coombes cook her signature dishes from the series in the Chefs Theatre and try dishes from her Malaysian Pop-Up on the Street Food Avenue. Ping is also joined by MasterChef 2010 winner Dhruv Baker and The Professionals finalist Adam Handling. Visitors to the festival this summer can look forward to toasting Foodies’ big year in the New Wine and Champagne Theatre, where experts Neil Phillips and Charles Metcalfe will guide visitors through this season’s best British bubblies from the UK and around the world, while beer expert Melissa Cole hosts masterclasses in the New Craft Beer Theatre, matching foods with locally produced craft beers. Festival-goers can take a ‘How to Sniff Chocolate like a Rockstar’ or Chocolate Safari masterclass with chocolatiers in the new Tasting Theatre, while local experts guide visitors through Raw Food, Japanese Soul, Oyster Shucking and Bee Keeping. The Cake & Bake Theatre is an inspiration for passionate bakers with top local cake makers and bakeries sharing their tips for baking delicious summer cakes. Visitors can also enjoy 3D cake modelling, Chocolate Making and Sugar-Craft masterclasses and a complementing Chocolate, Cake and Bake Village selling bakes, jams, gadgets and baking essentials.

3 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

After the introduction of street food to Foodies Festival in 2012, the Street Food Avenue has become a feasting hub, offering a huge selection of hot and cold dishes from around the world. Japanese, Thai, Brazilian, Argentinian, Mexican, French and African are just some of the cuisines visitors can tuck into at communal tables in the Feasting Tent this year. Join the 200 exhibitors in the Artisan Producers Market, where visitors can meet the producers and sample award winning cheeses, wines, bakes and 2015 Foo condiments to buy and take home to enjoy. Festivals aredies also Little foodies can explore their taste buds and coming to th is summer... learn basic skills with Picnic in the Park themed Alexandra Pala masterclasses in the Childrens Cookery Theatre, July 3rd th th ce where Kiddy Cook will show them how to make Clapham C,4 , 5 om finger sandwiches, jellies and chocolate bugs. July 24th, 25th mthon , 26 After a day of feasting and fun, foodies can relax with a spot on the grass and soak in the atmosphere with live music from the entertainment stage and a refreshing cocktail, glass of bubbly or a Pimms from the Giant Pimms Teapot and Galleon Mojito bars. THE DETAILS Tickets are on sale now at www.foodiesfestival.com or by calling 0844 995 1111 Friday adult day ticket £12.00 (£10 concession) Saturday or Sunday adult day ticket £15.00 (£12 concession) 3-day adult ticket £25.00 (£18 concession) Friday VIP ticket £45.00* Saturday or Sunday VIP ticket £48.00* *VIP tickets include a welcome glass of bubbly, access to the VIP tent with private bar and refreshments throughout the day, priority entry to food and drink masterclasses, a goody bag and a showguide. All children aged 12 and under go free to all Foodies Festivals when accompanied by an adult.

#WeAreQuins 2015/16 MEMBERSHIP Guarantee your seat for the Aviva Premiership, European Competition & Big Game 8

TELEPHONE

020 8410 6010

Join Us

ONLINE

www.quins.co.uk

EVENTS

The Royal Parks

This Summer H

edgehogs are stirring, birds are singing and daffodils are blooming. Spring has arrived in London’s eight Royal Parks and to celebrate we have ten suggestions on how you can make the most of this season

1. GET FIT IN THE ROYAL PARKS Now it’s spring, forget the gym and get some fresh air in your lungs with a raft of sporting activities to choose from in the Royal Parks. Why not try horse riding in Richmond, tennis in the newly refurbished courts in Greenwich Park, swimming in the Serpentine Lido in Hyde Park, or running in Regent’s Park? In Primrose Hill check out the recently refurbished Trim Trail - an outdoor free gym. 2. LISTEN TO THE SOUNDS OF SPRING When visiting London’s eight Royal Parks you may notice its spring by the of leaves returning to the trees or the colours of the flowers in bloom, but close your eyes and you may hear spring in the form of Woodpeckers drumming, Nuthatches calling or Chiff Chaffs singing. The best time to hear birds singing is at sunrise when they sing more frequently, vigorously and louder. Referred to as a dawn chorus, male birds sing to attract a mate or warn other males from their territory. Females often choose a mate who sings best, as it’s a reflection of how strong and fit they are. 3. VISIT THE COLOURFUL ISABELLA PLANTATION IN RICHMOND PARK In May the Isabella Plantation is a sight to behold, as it bursts with colour from the exotic azaleas and rhododendrons in bloom. To enable more people to enjoy this enchanting 40 acre woodland garden, a free minibus service will operate every Wednesday until 26th August. The fully accessible minibus drives a complete circuit of the park stopping at Richmond Park car parks and the Isabella Plantation. It also stops outside the park at Ham Common crossroads (65 bus stop) and the barrier in Danebury Avenue, near Roehampton Gate.

3 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

4.W ATCH THE VITALITY WORLD TRIATHLON IN HYDE PARK ON 30TH & 31ST MAY Since its inception in 2009, this event has attracted the world’s best triathletes as part of the International Triathlon Union (ITU) World Series as well as thousands of recreational triathletes from every corner of the globe to swim, bike and run on the iconic Hyde Park course. Grandstand tickets for the thrilling elite races in which athletes compete for Olympic qualification are priced at £25 and are now on sale. For more information visit https://london. triathlon.org 5. ENJOY AN EVENING OF LIVE JAZZ AT THE PAVILION CAFE IN GREENWICH PARK Every Friday evening, from 5th June until the end of August, The Pavilion Cafe will be hosting an evening of live jazz with musicians from Trinity Laban Conservatoire of Music and Dance, as well as a barbeque and children’s activities. 6.WATCH A PLAY UNDER THE STARS IN REGENT’S PARK Grab a glass of Pimms from the bar and take a seat at the awardwinning Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre. Open from 15th May – 12th September, J.M. Barrie’s Peter Pan will be the first production of the season. https://openairtheatre.com 7. LIVE ENTERTAINMENT IN HYDE PARK Barclaycard presents British Summer Time Hyde Park returns this year from 18th – 28th June with a summer extravaganza of entertainment, including the best of live music, sport, food and comedy. Headline acts for 2015 include Blur, Taylor Swift, The Who, Kylie Minogue and The Strokes. Buy your tickets here www.bst-hydepark.com THE DETAILS For a full list of events in The Royal Parks visit www.royalparks.org.uk/whats-on Follow Royal Parks

@theroyalparks and

TheRoyalParksLondon

EVENTS

RHS

Chelsea Flower Show Preview

he Chelsea Flower Show has been held in the grounds of the Chelsea Hospital, London every year since 1913, apart from gaps during the two World Wars. Once Britain’s largest flower show (it has now been overtaken by RHS Hampton Court Palace Flower Show), it is still the most prestigious. The creme de la creme of the gardening world will be wowing visitors so make sure you’re there to enjoy gardening at its most gorgeous and glamorous. The RHS Chelsea Flower Show, sponsored by M&G Investments, is back in a spectacular show brimming with style and elegance. HIGHLIGHTS OF THE 2015 RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW Prince Harry’s charity, Sentebale, will be exhibiting a garden for the second time. The charity is dedicated to helping impoverished and parentless children in the African kingdom of Lesotho. This year’s garden will be designed by Matt Keightley, who was behind the very popular “Hope on the Horizon” garden for the military charity Help For Heroes this year. It is thought the new Sentebale garden will be inspired by the charity’s flagship child care centre.

Show Gardens include...

Tuesday 19th - Saturd a 23th May 201 y 5 Royal Hospit al Chelsea, SW3

THE M&G GARDEN Sole sponsor M&G has commissioned award-winning landscape designer Jo Thompson to create a sylvan-themed garden retreat. .it will feature a two-storey oak framed building inspired by the writing room of poet Vita Sackville-West at Sissinghurst Castle, a large, natural swimming pond edged with water-loving plants, a woodland of river birches, acacias and acers, and a garden with tumbling roses and peonies in a palette of greens, punctuated by soft pinks, lavender blues and creams, with a touch of orange. Partially covered by trees and lush planting, the M&G Garden design for 2015 draws on Jo’s local influences: from the vernacular architectural features that are synonymous with the Sussex and Kent countryside where she currently lives, to the use of Purbeck stone at the far end of the swimming pond, which gives a nod to her childhood in Dorset. The romantic garden will represent a quintessentially British restorative retreat, where visitors will be able to unwind away from the hustle and bustle of city living. Jo said: ‘I wanted to create a special garden for M&G that is a retreat, yet follows the principles of traditional British gardening: local materials such as oak and limestone surrounded by typical cottage planting with more than a hint of the woodland.’

Nowhere makes gardening more fashionable than the RHS Chelsea Flower Show. A catwalk of colour and creativity, the latest trends and the pinnacle of garden design make this show the one the world wants to see. 3 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

THE LAURENT-PERRIER CHATSWORTH GARDEN For the 2015 show, Laurent-Perrier and Chatsworth have come together to create a unique show garden, marking Chatsworth’s debut at Chelsea. The garden will showcase a shared heritage in gardens and nature, and family dwellings in beautiful grounds. Taking the prominent ‘triangle’ position, which can be viewed from all three sides, Dan Pearson (retuning to RHS Chelsea Flower Show after more than a decade) has created a representation of a small – less trodden - part of the 105 acre Chatsworth Garden. In line with Pearson’s passion for naturalism and the wilder side of gardening, the exhibit is inspired by Chatsworth’s ornamental Trout Stream and Paxton’s rockery. Planting reflects the lightness, freshness and delicacy of the 200-year old family owned Champagne House. BREAKTHROUGH BREAST CANCER GARDEN Appearing for the first time at the RHS Chelsea Flower Show, Breakthrough Breast Cancer draws inspiration in the garden from the genetic research and breakthroughs into breast cancer being funded by the charity. Based on a DNA helix shape, a hard stone pathway will be crossed by a ribbon of soft pink planting including Iris sibirica and Myosotis sylvatica. Water pools in the garden ripple every 10 minutes to represent the shocking statistics of women diagnosed with breast cancer in the UK. White stemmed trees and a green and white planting scheme create an ethereal feel with a sculpture by Rick Kirby symbolising the courage and dignity of all those

fighting the disease. The designer lost her late sister-in-law to breast cancer in March 2014 and sought to help the charity raise funds for its research and help reach its £100 million target. Ruth returns to RHS Chelsea having had her last Fresh garden awarded an RHS Gold medal in 2013. RUNNYMEAD SURREY MAGNA CARTA 800TH ANNIVERSARY GARDEN This small artisan garden, sponsored by Surrey County Council and Runnymede Hotel, celebrates a grand event: in 1215 the Magna Carta was sealed under oath by King John at Runnymede, the first legal document imposed upon an English sovereign by a group of his subjects. 2015 marks the 800th anniversary of the Magna Carta. The formal layout is evocative of the gardens of the medieval period. A wattle arbour over a turf bench provides support for climbing plants. Wattle obelisks, raised beds and a fountain – other typical garden features – add to the setting with heraldic pennants and other artefacts. The garden’s symmetry also symbolises the new law and order of the time. To buy tickets visit www.rhs.org.uk/chelsea All tickets must be bought in advance. RHS membership is for anyone with an interest in gardening. Support the RHS and secure a healthy future for gardening.

THE DETAILS For more information call: 0845 130 4646 or visit www.rhs.org.uk/join RHS Registered Charity No. 222879/SC038262

M AY 2 0 1 5 3 9

FEATURE

Witness the awakening beauty of

Kew Thousands of spring colours, two magical months, one place to see them

4 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

ome and enjoy the stunning beauty of over five million bulbs at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Cherry tree blossoms, camellias and tulips provide a riot of colour that is sure to melt away the winter blues. Looking particularly good throughout May is Kew’s tulip collection, when the Palm House parterre is awash with their pink and cream hues. You will also be able to enjoy the sight of Kew’s trees as they awaken and burst with new life, and the many colourful and wonderfully scented spring flowering shrubs and blossom. The 250 magnificent magnolias across the Gardens are a sight to behold and can be found grouped around the entrance at Elizabeth Gate. The purple Fritillaria (Snake’s Head Fritillary) with their bell-shaped flowers are found scattered across the Gardens now as well as some spring delights in the Woodland Garden. Just opened for the summer is the Waterlily House, home to an array of tropical and ornamental aquatic plants. Visit the Conservation Area and Queen Charlotte’s Cottage to glimpse an area transformed by a sea of bluebells, a species native to the British Isles and Ireland. There really is no better time to see Kew THE DETAILS Keep up to date with Kew’s spring flowering and plan your visit on www.kew.org

Enjoy your garden all year round with a Glass Veranda from Eden

GLASS ROOM

Wide range of bespoke designs available

•

Huge choice of frame colours and weatherproof finishes

•

Our glass verandas can be converted into an open glass room at any time

• • • •

Energy efficient heating and lighting Manufactured in all shapes and sizes to suit your home Professionally installed by our skilled craftsmen

10 year guarantee

CALL FOR A FREE NO OBLIGATION QUOTATION AND BROCHURE

0800 107 2727

SPRING

SALE 25% OFF

UP TO

•

Quoting LL13/05

www.edenverandas.co.uk

Or write to: Eden Verandas Ltd, FREEPOST RTCG-SEBB-KJAH, Unit 13 Armstrong Mall, Southwood Business Park, Farnborough, GU14 0NR. *Terms & conditions apply. Correct at time of printing, please see website for latest offers.

EVENTS th 7th-12 July 2015

KEW THE MUSIC IN PARTNERSHIP WITH JOHN LEWIS

Party, Plants & Paloma! B

utterflies have to spread their wings, especially the bold ones. If they’re bright enough, after all, they catch the eyes of the curious. If they make a good sound as they move, then ears perk up too. This is what happened to one exotic creature from East London, Paloma Faith is soaring, exploring a bigger, braver new world, and taking us with her. For two nights this summer, Paloma Faith, Brit Award – best female solo artist 2015 will headline this glorious festival of concerts, Kew the Music, in partnership with John Lewis, renowned for their magical and relaxed atmosphere within the grounds of Kew Gardens. Caro Emerald, Jools Holland, UB40 Ali, Astro & Mickey complete the line up before the final night when the legendary band, The SPECIALS, close the festival with their up beat blend of two-tone and ska, which is guaranteed to have the Kew the Music audience on their feet and sing to songs such as Two Much Too Young, Ghost Town and Free.

FEASTING WITH ANGELA HARTNETT Excitingly this year within the stunning surroundings of Kew Gardens, and the buzzing atmosphere of a balmy summer evening, why not experience a menu created by Angela Hartnett by reserving hospitality for your evening at Kew the Music. Whilst those lucky enough to secure grass tickets for this annual sell out event will be taking their places on the lawns, there is the opportunity to experience an evening of VIP hospitality within the iconic Nash Conservatory with a ‘feasting’ menu

4 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

specifically designed by award winning caterers Smart by Angela Hartnett, one of Britain’s most successful and best loved chefs. The highlights of your evening will include Champagne cocktails & canapés on arrival, menu designed by Angela Hartnett plus access to the reserved enclosure to enjoy the concert. VIP HOSPITALITY TICKETS From £199.00 per person plus VAT

Artist Line Up PALOMA FAITH TUESDAY 7TH & THURSDAY 9TH JULY with support: Liam Bailey CARO EMERALD WEDNESDAY 8TH JULY with support : Jack Pack JOOLS HOLLAND FRIDAY 10TH JULY with special guest Marc Almond and support from The Selecter UB40 :ALI - ASTRO - MICKEY SATURDAY 11TH JULY THE SPECIALS SUNDAY 12th JULY

THE DETAILS HOW TO BOOK Hospitality tickets Call 01923 710970 or log on to www.ambro-events.com for information and reservations For the very first time in 2015, these concerts are a collaboration between Kew Gardens, Kilimanjaro Live Ltd and Raymond Gubbay Ltd. with VIP official hospitality available through Ambro Events, appointed agent.

Awakening beauty

May â&#x20AC;&#x201C; June 2015

Thousands of spring colours, two magical months, one place to see them

Y A W A S K C CHO FOR THE

kew.org/spring Kew Gardens Kew Bridge

Sunday 6 SeptEmBer 9am start

K 0 1 E R I F T I SP

This brand new 10K event starts in the grounds of the RAF Museum in North London. Run through the museum, underneath the Lancaster Bomber, Vulcan Bomber and out onto a flat road course. ÂŁ20 standard entry fee, all funds raised go towards furthering the work of the RAF Museum.

Visit rafmuseum.org.uk/whatson to book your place The Royal Air Force Museum London, Grahame Park Way, Colindale, London, NW9 5LL 0208 205 2266 london@rafmuseum.org

LOVE LOC AL EVENTS

Dine Out in style enjoy the new spring menus with either grand dining or a relaxed Brasserie experience at luton Hoo.

ne beautiful setting provides discerning guests with two very different experiences. Delight in fine dining set against the elegant backdrop of a bygone age or enjoy modern cuisine in a relaxed atmosphere – at Luton Hoo Hotel, Golf & Spa the choice is yours.

A dAzzling setting

The two AA Rosette Wernher Restaurant in the 18th century mansion house is named after Luton Hoo’s most renowned former owner, diamond magnate Sir Julius Wernher. Located in the original state dining room, it retains all the original features which have been restored to their former glory. Overlooking Capability Brown’s rolling parkland, the decor includes four different types of coloured marble, ornate eight-foot chandeliers and vast wall tapestries. The restaurant also encompasses the Grinling Gibbons room. England’s most famous wood carver hand carved detailed images of birds flowers across the walls, completing the atmosphere of classical grandeur. In addition to the spring speciality menu, where dishes

DINING EVENTS AT LUTON HOO MEET THE WINEMAkEr – SATUrDAy 30TH MAy To celebrate English wine week, guests of Luton Hoo’s Meet The Winemaker event will be treated to a delicious three course dinner including butter roasted Dorset scallops with celeriac, apple, smoked eel and English truffle, textures of lamb with asparagus, New Forest wild mushrooms and Jersey royal’s, and a selection of English cheeses with roasted walnut bread and pear chutney. These delectable dishes will be complemented with expertly paired English wines chosen and presented by guest host, Derek Smedley, Master of Wine from Warden Abbey Vineyard. This event is priced at £75. For more information please call 01582 69 88 88. 4 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

include stuffed loin of rabbit in Parma ham, goat’s cheese and basil cannelloni and blood orange gateaux, there is also an exquisite seven-course tasting menu with an optional wine pairing.

stAr-studded BrAsserie

Housed in the original coach house and stable complex designed by famous 18th century architect Robert Adam, Adam’s Brasserie is relaxed and informal with a menu featuring contemporary dishes and familiar favourites. Guests dine under photographs of Tom Cruise, Nicole Kidman, Hugh Grant and other stars who appeared in films shot on location at Luton Hoo. On the new spring menu expect delectable starters such as Atlantic prawn and crayfish salad with roasted red pepper coulis, watercress and sourdough bread with mains including confit pork belly with mashed potatoes, buttered cabbage, smoked bacon and apple gravy. Needless to say there are plenty of tempting desserts, and every Sunday guests relax to the sounds of live jazz during lunchtime. Luton Hoo also offers more than a dozen rooms for private dining, ideal for celebrations, family parties and business lunches. They offer set, bespoke and buffet menus for everything from a banquet for up to 290 guests or just a select few diners. The Wernher Restaurant is open for lunch and dinner Wednesday to Friday from 12.30pm-2pm and 7pm-10pm, on Saturday evening from 6.30pm-10.30pm and Sunday lunch 1pm-9pm. Adam’s Brasserie is open for lunch and dinner Monday to Saturday from 12pm-3pm and 6pm to 10pm and Sunday lunch from 12.30pm-5pm. For further information, online reservations and menus visit www.lutonhoo.co.uk or call 01582 698888. THE DETAILS Luton Hoo Hotel, Golf & Spa, The Mansion House, Nr. Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 3TQ ••••• 01582 69 88 88 www.lutonhoo.co.uk

Offers exclusive to Alan Day Volkswagen. up!

Polo

Golf

£1,500 deposit contribution

£2,000 deposit contribution

£117 a month*

£162 a month*

£252 a month*

†

Free insurance

No metallic paint

†

Representative example Volkswagen up! 3 door 1.0 Move up!

Representative example Volkswagen Polo 3 door 1.0 SE

Representative example Volkswagen Golf 3 door 1.4TSi Match

Solutions (Personal Contract Plan) example based on 5,000 miles per annum#

Duration

49 months

48 Monthly Payments of

£117.34

Duration

49 months

48 Monthly Payments of

£162.51

48 Monthly Payments of

Alan Day Deposit Contribution†

£1,499.00

Alan Day Deposit Contribution†

Retail Cash Price

£9,810.00

Retail Cash Price

£12,585.00

Retail Cash Price

Acceptance fee*

£125.00

Acceptance fee*

£125.00

Acceptance fee*

Optional Final Payment

£4,297.50

Option to purchase fee**

£60.00

Optional Final Payment

£1,499.00

Duration

£5,355.00

Option to purchase fee**

£60.00

Alan Day Deposit Contribution†

Optional Final Payment

49 months £252.83 £2,000.00 £19,880.00 £125.00 £9,157.50

Option to purchase fee**

£60.00

Total Amount Payable

£11,496.48

Total Amount Payable

£14,353.34

Total Amount Payable

£23,353.34

Total Amount of Credit

£8,311.00

Total Amount of Credit

£11,086.00

Total Amount of Credit

£17,880.00

Representative APR

6.7% APR

Rate of Interest

6.6% fixed 4.4p

Excess Mileage Charge#

Representative APR Rate of Interest

6.7% APR 6.4% fixed

Excess Mileage Charge#

4.4p

Representative APR Rate of Interest

6.8% APR 6.4% fixed

Excess Mileage Charge#

7.2p

All offers come with a 2 years’ service plan worth £149

†

Alan Day Hampstead Alan Day Hampstead, 277 Finchley Road, Hampstead, London, NW3 6LT. Tel: 0203 553 5618. @AlanDayVW

facebook.com/AlanDayVW

www.alandayvw.co.uk

Picture used for illustration purposes only. Retail sales only. **Payable by one payment on or before entering into agreement. *Payable with first rental. >Payable with final rental. ^^2 years’ free servicing available to customers purchasing on Solutions Finance. #4.4-7.2p per mile excess mileage charges apply (incl. VAT). Further charges may be payable if vehicle is returned. Indemnities may be required. Subject to status. Volkswagen Finance, Freepost VWFS. Offer may be varied or withdrawn at any time. Available to over 18s in the UK only. †All offers come with a 2 years’ service plan worth £149 when purchasing the vehicle with VWFS. Subject to terms & conditions, not available in conjunction with any other offers.

Standard EU Test figures for comparative purposes and may not reflect real driving results. Official fuel consumption figures for the Volkswagen Golf 5dr Hat 1.4TSI Match in mpg (l/100km) from: Urban 41.5 (6.8), Extra Urban 64.2 (4.4), Combined 53.3 5.3). CO2 emissions 123 g/km.

Enhance or Create

EVENTS

Your Perfect Sophisticated Living Space

he launch of the House event, 17-20 June 2015 at London Olympia is not to be missed. A curated collection of prestigious, leading and emerging house brands and specialists in a showcase of style, design and decoration at London’s House event dedicated to providing inspiration and ideas for every room. Visitors can source a wide range of interiors, furniture and key furnishings for every room to enhance or create a sophisticated living space with a focus on heritage and craftsmanship whilst featuring classic examples of traditional British design. The House Theatre will feature best in industry, expertled presentations with a focus on current trends in interior design and decoration. Farrow & Ball, John Sims-Hilditch of Neptune and the British Institute of Interior Design are just a few examples of the leading experts who will be hosting talks. Visitors can engage in one-to-one design consultations with exhibiting companies at the event to discuss any specific design needs. Room sets created by well-known and respected design sources will showcase the latest spring/summer design directions and feature the most desirable merchandise for a stunning living space. The Fair is the perfect opportunity to source the latest trend ideas and integral pieces for your home with brands including; Pret-a-Vivre, Marston and Langinger, David Harber and Katherine Pooley Ltd. There will also be ample of inspiration including the creation of ‘The House designed by April Russell’, a spectacular showpiece house feature, presenting a collection of designed living spaces, both inside and out, curated and presented by April Russell, a leading interior

design studio based in London and New York. Focusing on ‘The Art of Interiors’ visitors will gain invaluable inspiration and design ideas through the use of art pieces alongside key interiors from House. Expect the stunning use of art and objéts as an integral element of a beautifully dressed house and garden space. House will be co-located with the Spirit of Summer Fair, where visitors can shop for those all-important accessories for their home as well as updating their summer wardrobe, find perfect summer gifts and enjoy delicious food and drink including artisans from The Great Taste Awards. For more information visit www.house.events @house.event

SPIRIT OF SUMMER FAIR Presenting a prestigious collection of independent boutiques and trend setting designer makers, in addition to some of the finest brands in the UK. Discover beautiful interiors, garden and decorative accessories, striking fashion pieces and children’s clothing, all alongside original summer gifts and artisan food and drink. All boutiques are handpicked for their quality, originality and style in association with House & Garden making this a truly unique shopping experience. Also enjoy complimentary presentations by the industry’s best, with their unrivalled lineup of expert-led talks on all aspects of food,

4 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

drinks, floristry and beauty. Finally don’t forget to pop in to the Royal caterers, Mosimann’s, Summer Restaurant, situated under the magnificent glass roof of the iconic Victorian venue. For more information visit www.spiritofsummerfair.co.uk @spiritfairs @spiritfairs Ticket point house.seetickets.com/tour/house (includes House, Spirit of Summer and the International Art and Antiques Fair) Adult....£16.00 Child....£8.00

EVENTS

Sunday 21st June

10am - 5pm

Steve McQueen’s Porsche 917 and Mike Hawthorn’s Jaguar ‘D’ Type star in

St John’s Wood Classic and Supercar Pageant T he St John’s Wood Classic and Supercar Pageant, sponsored by Investec Private Banking, and local estate agents Knight Frank and Fox Gregory will be entertaining North London families this coming Father’s Day. Race down to St John’s Wood High Street, already well known for sighting your average Supercar - the Pageant displays those ultra-special cars and this year is no different, featuring 2 of the most celebrated racing cars of all time - famous as much for their individual performances, as their fabulously iconic shapes and colours. ‘Steve McQueen’s Porsche 917’, liveried in its glorious Gulf colours starred in his film Le Mans as well as winning at Monza, Daytona and Spa, whilst almost 60 years ago Mike Hawthorn, Britain’s first

4 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

Formula 1 World Champion raced the beautiful Long Nose Jaguar D Type, featured here in its Ecurie Ecosse Scottish colours that came 2nd at Le Mans in 1957 and is probably the most original in the world. With St John’s Wood’s fabulous restaurants and shops alongside the display of some 50 cars ranging from an early Volkswagen Beetle to more modern Supercars and thunderous Bentleys of the 1930s, the day comes complete with a children’s fun fair, so it’s sure to be the perfect way to enjoy a wonderful day out for the whole family to celebrate Father’s Day. In aid of Charities, Rays of Sunshine and St John’s Hospice. THE DETAILS For further information please see www.stjohnswoodnw8.com

THE

Classic & PA G E A N T

ST JOHN’S WOOD HIGH STREET Sunday 21 June, 10.00am – 5.00pm www.stjohnswoodnw8.com

032962 IPB Classic & Supercar Pageant 186X126 FA2.indd 1

23/04/2015 16:14

GOLFING

Breathtaking. Spectacular. Stunning. Awe-inspiring. Reviewers often run out of superlatives when they visit the world-class Thracian Cliffs Golf & Beach Resort, on Bulgaria’s glorious Cape Kaliakra coast.

hile many layouts are memorable for one reason or another, all too often you can be left disappointed by a visit to a course that fails to live up to the reviews. But Thracian Cliffs Golf & Beach Resort is not one of them. You can choose any of the adjectives above to describe this gem which stretches 4.5km along the rugged coastline on the Black Sea. Its designer, Gary Player, described it as a site unlike any other he’s seen during his long career in the game. He said: “I’ve been playing golf for 56 years and have never seen a site like this anywhere in the world. It is truly incredible. Pebble Beach is renowned as the best site and I would say Thracian Cliffs is twice as good as Pebble Beach.” No expense was spared in the construction of the

resort – 30 per cent of the site was cut by hand – with the aim of attracting golfers from all across Europe to one of the most incredible golf settings anywhere. And it’s justifiably starting to rack up honours and awards. It is the first Eastern European destination to join IMG Prestige, an exclusive collection of some of the world’s most celebrated golfing venues. And the spectacular cliffside resort has been named Bulgaria’s Leading Hotel in the 2014 World Travel Awards. The luxury resort has gained many admirers since opening in 2011, with images of its sensational cliff-top golf course being transmitted around the world. It also successfully hosted the 2013 Volvo World Match Play Championship and scooped the ‘European Golf Resort

I’ve been playing golf for 56 years and have never seen a site like this anywhere in the world. It is truly incredible. Pebble Beach is renowned as the best site and I would say Thracian Cliffs is twice as good as Pebble Beach. DESIGNER, GARY PLAYER

5 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

of the Year 2014’ award, bestowed by the International Association of Golf Tour Operators (IAGTO). Designed over 164 hectares of wild, scenic terrain, the 7,025-yard, par-72, Signature Course is one of the most dramatic you are ever likely to play and is simply breathtaking in places, with each hole offering views of the Black Sea. The much-pictured 231-yard, par-three sixth hole is rapidly becoming one of the most recognised short holes anywhere in Europe, as you play from a cliff-top tee to a green more than 40 yards below, with the Black Sea lapping all around. And many of the other holes boast 200-yard-plus carries if you choose to play from some of the back tees. To ensure all levels of golfer can enjoy the experience, Player has provided a mixture of five tees on each hole while there is also wide abundance of wildlife to marvel at on your way round. Offering a choice of two high-spec residential villages – many with panoramic sea views – gourmet restaurants, a bijou spa and its own beach club, Thracian Cliffs Golf & Beach Resort offers plenty for both golfers and lifestyle seekers, all within the unique environment of the Cape

Kaliakra coast, which benefits from plenty of autumn sunshine, lying, as it does, further south than Florence, Monaco or Marseille. And that temperate autumn climate is ideal for the regular special events which take place on the unspoiled Bendida Beach, located directly on the seafront of the resort. There’s plenty to keep the nongolfers happy too as the resort offers extensive spa facilities and wellbeing activities – indeed entire packages are available – to improve physical fitness, reduce stress, or, simply, to just have fun. For the first time, guests can enjoy a meal in the new, half-board restaurant – or a cocktail in Grand Voyage, the resort’s new piano bar. The contemporary, ‘steampunk-style’ piano bar, themed on the fantasy world and fictional machines from the novels of HG Wells and Jules Verne, will feature live music performances as well as an extensive drinks menu. There are daily flights to Varna airport, just 50 minutes away from Thracian Cliffs Golf & Beach Resort, and a number of new London to Varna direct and connecting flight routes are anticipated to launch this year. www.thraciancliffs.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 5 1

ROYAL COUNTY DOWN GOLF COURSE

BALLYBUNION GOLF CLUB OLD COURSE 11TH HOLE

CO SLIGO 12TH HOLE

CASTLEROCK 4TH HOLE LEG O’ MUTTON

OLD HEAD HEADLAND

GOLF IN IRELAND IRELAND MAY ONLY BE SMALL WITH A TOTAL POPULATION OF AROUND 6.5m, BUT THAT HASN’T STOPPED IT MAKING QUITE A NAME FOR ITSELF IN THE GOLFING WORLD

s well as boasting the world’s number one golfer, Rory McIlroy, it has also supplied the last two European Ryder Cup captains, Paul McGinley and Darren Clarke, with Graeme McDowell and Padraig Harrington joining McIlroy and Clarke as recent Major championship winners – the Holy Grails of the game. At first glance, it might seem curious how a country so small has been so successful in a sport that features around 60 million players worldwide, but all becomes clear upon further investigation. With more than 400 courses to choose from including around a third of the world’s links courses, Ireland is, quite simply, a golfer’s paradise and deserves its reputation among the top global golfing destinations. From wide and extensive green parkland to rugged coastal dunes, Ireland has an embarrassment of riches and offers visitors the complete package with top championship courses, stunning scenery, fascinating history and some of the best craic around. Royal County Down, Royal Portrush, Old Head of Kinsale, Rosapenna, Ballybunion, Waterville and Portmarnock are just some of the illustrious venues waiting to be discovered. The choice is unrivalled and the only difficulty is deciding which part of the island to visit first. Just a few miles from where he grew up, Royal County Down – one of the jewels in Northern Ireland’s golfing crown – is particularly close to McIlroy’s heart and the planet’s top player will head a star-studded field that will gather at the historic links to take part in the Dubai Duty Free Irish Open from May 28-31 – the first time in 76 years that the worldfamous venue has held the event. Head north to Northern Ireland’s Causeway Coast (one of the world’s top five trips) and you’ll encounter the likes of Royal Portrush, the proposed venue for the 2019 Open, Castlerock and Portstewart. All will take your breath away, as will a trip to the nearby Giant’s Causeway nearby, one of the 5 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

most awe-inspiring geological wonders of the world and the only World Heritage Site in the region, the result of a volcanic eruption 60 million years ago. Ireland’s Wild Atlantic Way, the longest coastal touring route in the world, offers one of the most attractive ways to play some of Ireland’s finest courses, and features a thrilling trip along the utmost edge of Western Europe, with Old Head of Kinsale, Bantry Bay, Waterville, Dooks, Tralee and Ballybunion just some of the venues to deserve a special mention. When you add in the likes of Portmarnock, The Island, The K Club, Druids Glen, Killarney Lahinch, Narin and Portnoo, Lough Erne, Carne, Enniscrone and Co.Sligo, you’ll see my point; the list of outstanding courses really is endless, and there are many more that are just as good, each with their own individual charm. Refreshingly, though, and unlike some of golf’s other leading destinations, playing these venues is both affordable and accessible, making the prospect of walking in the footsteps of golf’s legends not just a pipe dream but a fantastic reality. Through a combination of special golf passes, early bird offers and group discounts, there are many ways to get a bargain – even at the very best venues – while a series of annual amateur events provide the enticing prospect of combining some first-class golf courses with mixing with locals and experiencing genuine Irish hospitality. The choice is simply staggering, but help is at hand for golfers through Golf Ireland’s website www.ireland.com/ golf. The user-friendly site contains everything a player or professional needs to know when organising a visit to Ireland – including detailed information on the golf courses in each county – while through Tourism Ireland’s golf partners, visitors can search and book tee times and special golf offers. THE DETAILS For more information about playing golf in Ireland, go to www.ireland.com/golf

PICTURE STEVE CARR

GOLFING

CALL YOUR CRUISE CONCIERGE ON

.co.uk 0800 316 2249

EXCEPTIONAL LUXURY FOR LESS

Explore your world, your way

COMPLIMENTARY BUSINESS CLASS FLIGHTS ON SELECTED SAILINGS

Complimentary flights Elegant and mid-size ships Finest cuisine at sea, served in a variety of complimentary dining venues Complimentary and unlimited soft drinks, bottled water, cappuccino, espresso, teas and juices Luxurious yet relaxed country club-casual ambience Enjoy more overnight visits and extended evening port stays

Cruise from £1,379pp Limited availability

PRICES TOO GOOD TO M ISS!

£1,379pp

Balcony Stateroom

£1,599pp

INCLU DES PRE-PAID G RATU ITIES

CUSTOM E R FAVOU RITE

CONTINENTAL COASTS

MEDITERRANEAN MOSAIC

8 September 2015 • 14 nights • Nautica | Cruise ID: 36997

5 October 2015 • 8 nights • Riviera | Cruise ID: 36996

UPGRADE TO BUSINESS CLASS FLIGHTS FROM JUST £49PP

Balcony Stateroom

£1,819pp

£2,279pp

Opening hours: Monday - Sunday 9am to 9pm

THE SIX STAR CRUISES.CO.UK DIFFERENCE Ultra-luxury specialist

Exclusive offers

Awardwinning

ABTA bonded

Interior Stateroom:

£1,549pp

Balcony Stateroom

£1,799pp

CALL YOUR CRUISE CONCIERGE ON

0800 316 2249 VISIT SIXSTARCRUISES.CO.UK OR SEARCH: SIX STAR PRESS

Terms and conditions: Prices are correct at the time of going to print (01.05.2015). Prices shown are in Pounds Sterling based on two adults sharing the lowest grade stateroom category specified including return flights from London and overseas transfers. Offers apply to new bookings only, are subject to change to availability and may be withdrawn at any time. Oceania complimentary gratuities do not apply to service charges relating to private dining, spa treatments or alcoholic beverages. Free Prestige Select Beverage Package is available on selected sailings and applies to guests of 21 years of age or older, is one per full-fare paying guest and includes all related gratuities and service charges. Free Business Class flights are available on selected sailings on a first-come first-serve basis, are limited and will be based on selected airlines and seat booking classes. Date shown refers to departure from UK and total number of nights includes hotel stays. For full booking conditions and what’s included please refer to Oceania’s latest brochure. All cruise holidays are ATOL protected. Six Star Cruises acts as an agent for ATOL protected cruise operators only. £29.50 administration charge applies to all telephone bookings. A 2.5% credit card charge applies. Errors & omissions excepted.

ABTA No.L3743

GOLFING

DoubleTree Coming Soon

by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón NESTLED ATOP THE ROCKY HILLS OF FUENGIROLA WITH SPECTACULAR SEA VIEWS OF THE MEDITERRANEAN, RESERVA DEL HIGUERÓN RESORT HAS LONG HELD A REPUTATION FOR DELIVERING THE BEST THAT THE COSTA DEL SOL HAS TO OFFER.

ocated just 15 minutes from Malaga airport and choice of the city’s glitterati and football stars, the unique, child-free, contemporary designer hotel is ideal for golfers seeking a stylish base with outstanding facilities, away from the coast but close to the nightlife of Fuengirola, Benalmadena and Malaga. With an abundance of first-class golf and leisure facilities nearby, the coming soon Double Tree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón has it all, and, when the region’s fine climate and wonderful five miles of sandy beaches are thrown into the mix, it’s easy to see why the resort is already one of the most prestigious residential and leisure developments in the Costa del Sol. Featuring 177 rooms, the chic hotel’s elevated position

Coming Soon

5 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

affords fantastic coastal views, none more so than from the stylish Infinity bar and rooftop pool which overlooks Mediterranean Sea. The four-star superior hotel recently signed a contract with the Hilton chain to become, early this summer, the DoubleTree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón, in a bid to further its reputation as a leading destination for golfers across Europe. DoubleTree by Hilton is recognised worldwide for its warm, hospitable service, and conversion to the upscale brand will add tremendous value to the resort, ensuring the growing demands of full-service quality guest experiences and unsurpassed hospitality are met. Taking pride of place at the coming soon Double Tree

by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón this spring, however, is the new Sollo Restaurante which was officially unveiled by chef Diego Gallegos – who was recently nominated 2015 ‘Revelation Chef’ at the international gastronomy conference Madrid Fusión – and the venue will be offering an exclusive tasting menu with only six tables. The restaurant’s name, ‘Sollo’, is derived from a name given to sturgeon - a species of fish harvested for its roe, which is then made into caviar – and represents the São Paolo chef’s expertise in preparing caviar. The Sollo Restaurante will open 7:30pm - 10:30pm, Monday through Saturday. Reservations can be made at +34 951 385 622 or sollo.reservadelhigueron.com. The sun-drenched Costa del Sol remains a firm favorite for UK golfers and they can capitalise on the unique and relaxing venue of the soon to be Double Tree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón this summer, with three-night stay-and-play packages available from just &305 (approx £220) per person. As players continue to battle the elements at home, the Costa del Sol is enjoying temperatures of up to 24 degrees and the four-star, superior design contemporary hotel is the ideal place for any golfing break, with no fewer than 10 golf courses within a 15-minute transfer of the hotel. Three-night, two-round hotel packages at the coming soon Double Tree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón start from &102 (approx £75) per night and include green fees and buggy hire at a choice of three

courses – Torrequebrada, El Chaparral and Cabopino. Golfers seeking a longer break can choose from a range of other eye-catching offers including a five-night, three-round stay with golf at the same venues from &485 per person (approx £350), while guests looking for a more active pursuit can exchange green fees for the chance to try a Nagomi Spa health circuit at the hotel and experience a 30-minute massage choice of relaxing, de-stressing or sport treatment. Prices, which are based on two people sharing a twin or double room, also include daily buffet breakfast, a welcome bottle of Cava on arrival, free Wi-Fi and complimentary access to the indoor lap pool and state-of the-art gym at the Higuerón Sports Club, which offers additional facilities in a choice of tennis, paddle tennis and sand sports. Whether you are looking to soak up the sun, relax, indulge in culinary delights or play fantastic golf at great value, the soon to be Double Tree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón – which was recently included in The Times list of Top 20 Child-Free Hotels in Europe – really has everything, making it a must on your list of places to visit and a destination not to be missed. THE DETAILS For further information on the coming soon Double Tree by Hilton Resort & Spa Reserva del Higuerón or to make a booking, phone +34 951 505 101 or email commercial@reservadelhigueron.com. Or visit www.reservadelhigueron.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 5 5

FEATURE

Helpful tips for family caregivers

Caring for yourself is one of the most important... yet often forgotten-things you can do as a caregiver.

hinking proactively and practically about your own wellbeing is key to sustainably supporting someone else. Look at your caring role as a set of scales, where possible your needs should be evenly balanced with those of the person you are caring for. SIX STEPS TO HELP PRESERVE YOUR OWN HEALTH AND WELL-BEING 1 S leep interruption is the most commonly reported effect of being a primary carer. Implement a regular sleep routine; retiring and waking at the same time every day. If you have a block of time away from your caring role, prioritise sleep over responsibilities that can be postponed. 2 E at well and make time for light exercise. Light exercise such as walking or swimming can relieve stress and help ease muscle tightness from lifting, bending, and physical caring. 3 I f the person you are caring for can participate in organised social groups and activities, take these

5 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

opportunities to also have a break yourself. 4 F ind a system of ‘replacement care’ – through local care providers such as SweetTree Home Care, or informally with friends and family. Having a carer to replace you for regular periods gives everyone the chance to enjoy a change. 5 F ind a daily ritual that you can treat as your own time. Take a regular task such as gardening and add music, radio, or an al fresco cup of tea to claim that time for yourself. 6 D on’t do anything someone else can do. Delegating tasks such as shopping, gardening, or cleaning to friends and family is not an easy process – especially if you take pride in doing most tasks yourself – but it is vital to you being able to provide your best level of personal care. THE DETAILS For support with caring for a loved one at home, contact SweetTree Home Care Services on 0207 644 9522 or email info@sweettree.co.uk www. sweettree.co.uk

Creekside Cottages Cornwall

Individual waters-edge, village & rural cottages set in enchanting & picturesque positions. Sleeping 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 8.

Available throughout the year. Dogs welcome. Telephone: 01326 375972 www.creeksidecottages.co.uk

LUXURIOUS EGLETON HOUSE 1, 2 & 3 BEDROOM APARTMENTS APARTMENTS IN THE ELEGANT AND SOPHISTICATED ROEHAMPTON VILLAGE

Superb, new build apartments with a high quality specification throughout Contemporary kitchen with premium brand appliances Private outside space to all apartments Communal gardens with a tranquil courtyard area Parking available to selected properties

PRICES FROM

ÂŁ335,000

SALES & MARKETING SUITE: 4 Egleton House, 230 Roehampton Lane, Roehampton SW15 4LE

OPEN: Thursday to Monday, 10am - 5pm

Please call for further information

0844 809 2024

www.egletonhouse.co.uk

ART GALLERY

GUIDE

L O N D O N ’ S

F I N E S T

A R T

G A L L E R I E S WIN RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW TICKETS WITH EASIGRASS

CAPULET GALLERY (ANDREI PROTSOUK BIG BEN CHAMPAGNE) PAGE 70

ART GALLERY GUIDE

‘IMPROPRIETY’ BY ELEANOR WATSON OIL ON CANVAS. 150 X 115cm £3,000 THE CYNTHIA CORBETT GALLERY

‘PASS THE SALT’ BY MARIA RIVANS COLLAGE. 36 X 42CM £390 LIBERTY GALLERY

Fall in love with art Affordable Art Fair Hampstead, London

his June the much-loved Affordable Art Fair is returning to Hampstead Heath for what promises to be a blockbuster fifth edition. 110 local and international galleries will descend onto the heath, showcasing original painting, sculpture, photography and limited edition prints by 1,100 exceptional artists, all under one roof. Since it was founded in 1999 the Affordable Art Fair has been on a mission to help people fall in love with art, and to prove that you don’t have to be a millionaire to become a collector. Whether you’re a first time buyer seeking a traditional masterpiece, or an experienced collector on the hunt for the next big thing, the Affordable Art Fair will be brimming with work by recognisable names alongside a plethora of pieces by rising stars, all priced between £100 - £5,000. This edition also sees an exciting collaboration between the Affordable Art Fair and Made in Arts London in the form of an emerging artists showcase, featuring some of the hottest talent emerging from the prestigious University of the Arts, London – a perfect

6 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

11 -14th JUNE 2015

th opportunity for talent spotters to invest in a future masterpiece. With complimentary kids’ packs bursting with goodies, and a jampacked arts education programme filled with workshops and activities for children and adults alike, the Affordable Art Fair makes for a perfect family day out. Or, if an evening with friends is more your scene, swing by the fair after work for the Charity Private View or the Summer Art Soirée and indulge in an evening of art, wine, and hopefully some sunshine! This year the Affordable Art Fair is supporting the community art education charity, the Hampstead School of Art. With plenty to see, do, create and collect, there aren’t many better ways to spend a summer’s day than immersing yourself in art amidst the beautiful surroundings of Hampstead. THE DETAILS For more information visit www.affordableartfair.com/hampstead

ADD A SPLASH OF ART

Hampstead, London. 11 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 14 June 2015 110 galleries with 1,100 artists. affordableartfair.co.uk

ART GALLERY GUIDE

London Art Week r 3 d-1 0 th July

A REDISCOVERED MARBLE OF LUCRETIA BY PHILIPPE BERTRAND GALERIE SISMANN

SAINT PAUL OF TARSUS JOSEPH BARTHÉLÉMY VIEILLEVOYE CONLAGHI

London Art Week 2015 The capital’s foremost experts will gather in the historic heartland of the art market to unveil new discoveries and showcase works of art from antiquity to the 20th century.

ondon Art Week 2015 will celebrate the exceptional riches and unparalleled expertise available within the galleries of Mayfair and St. James’s. Over 40 leading art galleries and three auction houses, including a selection of international galleries, will showcase an impressive array of paintings, drawings, sculpture, and works of art, from antiquity to the 20th century. With all participants within walking distance, highlighting the distinctive nature and global importance of the capital’s art neighbourhood, London Art Week offers an important platform for international curators, collectors and enthusiasts at every level to explore the galleries and meet with specialist dealers. Now in its third year, the attraction and convening power of the event was evidenced at the 2014 edition of London Art Week, which recorded significant sales and attracted thousands of visitors from around the world, including representatives from over 40 international museums. A notable sale was A Young Woman Kneeling at a Prayer Desk, 1813, by Sir David Wilkie (17851841), which was discovered and exhibited by London dealer Ben Elwes after its whereabouts had been unknown for more than 140 years, and which was subsequently acquired by the National Gallery, London. New participants for 2015 include London dealers Agnew’s and Oliver Forge and Brendan Lynch Ltd, and international galleries Martin Hirschboeck (Berlin), Maison d’Art (Monaco), Maurizio Nobile (Bologna, Paris) and Fondantico di Tiziana Sassoli (Bologna).

6 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

A complete list of confirmed participants is below. An app is available and a complimentary catalogue for the event is published in May. The Crown Estate is delighted to sponsor London Art Week 2015. Crown Estate owns approximately 50% of St James’s and is implementing a £500m investment programme to sensitively refine and enhance the area, which forms part of its core holdings in London’s West End. James Cooksey, Head of the St James’s Portfolio, said: “The Crown Estate is delighted to support this important event in London’s art calendar which unites the art galleries of Mayfair and St. James’s, and helps to promote the extraordinary range of knowledge, expertise and heritage on offer in the art market’s historic home.” Didier Aaron Ltd Aktis Gallery Ariadne Galleries Charles Beddington Ltd. Katrin Bellinger at Colnaghi C.G. Boerner LLC (New York) Bonhams Brun Fine Art Christie’s Coll & Cortés Fine Arts Colnaghi Ben Elwes Fine Art Sam Fogg Deborah Gage (Works of Art) Ltd Richard Green Martyn Gregory Johnny Van Haeften Ltd Fergus Hall Florian Härb Hill-Stone Inc. (NewYork) Daniel Katz Gallery Lampronti Gallery Lowell Libson Ltd James Mackinnon Moretti Fine Art Ltd Philip Mould & Company Mullany Haute Epoque Fine Art Stephen Ongpin Fine Art Benjamin Proust Fine Art Ltd Crispian Riley-Smith Fine Arts Ltd Galerie Sismann (Paris) Sotheby’s Sphinx Fine Art Stair Sainty Gallery and Robilant + Voena Stoppenbach & Delestre Ltd Tomasso Brothers Fine Art Trinity Fine Art Ltd, Carlo Orsi (Milan) and Walter Padovani (Milan) Rafael Valls Ltd Rupert Wace Ancient Art The Weiss Gallery

THE DETAILS For more details please visit www.londonartweek.co.uk

Christoffer Joergensen Take me There 8 May - 3 July 2015 opening hours:

Monday - Friday: 9.30 - 17.30 Saturday: By Appointment 10 Lees Place, Mayfair, W1K 6LL T: +44 (0)20 7499 6019 E: info@galleryelenashchukina.com W: www.galleryelenashchukina.com

Life Mag IND.indd 1

05/05/2015 16:43:54

ART GALLERY GUIDE

OLYMPIA International Art and Antiques Fair

18th-2

T BY THE GARDEN BENCH PAUL BROWN STARLIGHT CHILDREN’S FOUNDATION CHARITY PRIZE DRAW

COINING MOMA-MAILLOL WU SHAOXIANG AUSTRIAN SCHILLING-COINS. SCHÜTZ FINE ART - CHINESE DEPARTMENT

8 he 2015 edition of Olympia International J u n e Arts & Antiques Fair will run at the later 2015 date of 18 - 28 June. Coinciding with a host of important cultural events in London, this creates a global focus in London for art, antiques and design. The response to the date change has been impressive, resulting in the strongest line-up of exhibitors for some time. A number of important dealers are returning to the fair including Anthony Fell Antiques and Works of Art Ltd, Joanna Booth, John Robertson, Isaac and Ede, Anthony James & Sons, John Carroll Antiques, Peter Szuhay, Freshfords Fine Antiques, Moxhams Antiques Ltd, JM Baptista, Anthony James & Sons Ltd, Pearse Lukies Antiques Limited, Wick Antiques, Miguel Arruda Antiguidades, 3details, Constantine Lindsay Ltd, Kate Thurlow | Gallery Forty One and Woodham-Smith Ltd. Olympia is also delighted to announce the return of HALI after an interval of almost 10 years, bringing together internationally-renowned dealers selling the best antique carpets and textiles. Recently confirmed for this year is a remarkable loan exhibition from American philanthropist collector, Rex Sinquefield. This is the first time that these paintings have been seen outside America. The works are from the great era of austerity, making them newly relevant for a contemporary audience. Part of his collection of works by American painters of the Great Depression ‘dust bowl years’ are coming to Olympia. The great artists of the American Midwest include Thomas Hart Benton, Joe Jones, Grant Wood, John Rogers Cox, John Atherton, John Steuart Curry and George Joe Mess. Brand new exhibitors for this year include: Galerie Ary Jan, Isabel Lopes da Silva Antiguidades, Stephen Lacey, Angus Brandt, Miles Davies-Kielar, The London Clockmaker, Omnipod, Muse The Sculpture Company, Peter Pittmann Fossilien, Prisma Gallery, Serhat Ahmet Limited, Carbone Arte Tessile, Eastdale Antiques, Horton, Isherwood Fine Art, Antichita La Pieve SRL, Nicholas Wells Antiques, West Street Antiques and Ars Antiqua SRL. Following on from the success of last year’s talks programme, this year’s speakers are curators from worldleading institutions such as The Victoria and Albert Museum, London, The British Museum, London, Ashmolean Museum, Oxford and Pallant House Gallery, West Sussex. Independent art advisor, Vanessa Curry will be conducting free tours with themes such as: ‘From Picasso to Bauhaus’ and ‘From Egypt to Versailles: how the world influenced Georgian and Victorian furniture design’. Children’s charity Starlight are the designated charity for this year with proceeds from tickets sales from the preview day and evening going to support their incredible work, you can also enter a special raffle to win a painting by celebrated artist Paul Brown, worth £8,000. THE DETAILS

FAR AWAY THOUGHTS DOROTHEA SHARP OIL ON CANVAS, SIGNED, HAYNES FINE ART OF BROADWAY.

6 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

Tickets Charity Preview Day hosted by Starlight Children’s Foundation* (18th June) - £100 Advance single admission (19th-28th June) £15 On the door single admission (19th-28th June) £20 www.olympia-art-antiques.com

ART GALLERY GUIDE

TRAIN TRACKS 2014

WOMAN IN RED LION PUB 2014

‘Drawn Blank’ by

Bob Dylan

Canvas Gallery will be holding a Bob Dylan ‘Drawn Blank’ retrospective show from Friday 22nd May to Sunday 31st May.

s a visual artist Bob Dylan fully entered the public eye with the Drawn Blank Series. Black and white drawings made on tour throughout Europe, America and Asia were published in a book entitled ‘Drawn Blank’ in 1994. His first exhibition took place in Germany in October 2007, showcasing over two hundred of his watercolours and gouaches made from the original drawings. It was followed by an exclusive show in London featuring original paintings from the Drawn Blank Series. A number of these paintings were selected and published as limited edition graphics by Washington Green Fine Art in the United Kingdom. The graphics are numbered (usually from an edition of 295 worldwide) and Dylan personally signs each graphic by hand.

6 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

Over 30 graphics from this collection dating between 2008 & 2014 will be available to view and purchase. Canvas Gallery has been established since 2008, they recently relocated from Wimbledon Village to central Richmond Upon Thames and can be found on Golden Court, one of the boutique filled cobbled lanes running between the High Street and Richmond Green. The gallery can arrange worldwide delivery of Bob Dylan graphics and also offers the chance to view artworks in situ at home or your office prior to purchasing. THE DETAILS For more details, please call 020 8226 5566 or email info@canvasgallery.com 3 Golden Court, Richmond upon Thames TW9 1EU www.canvasgallery.com

BOB DYLAN THE DRAWN BLANK SERIES

SIGNED LIMITED EDITION GRAPHICS 3 Golden Court Richmond upon Thames TW9 1EU

020 8226 5566 canvasgallery.com info@canvasgallery.com

ART GALLERY GUIDE

GLADWELL & PATTERSON AT THE CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW 2014

EDWARD WAITES ELEPHANT - BRONZE

PIETER WAGEMANS FLOWER PYRAMID

PIETER WAGEMANS YELLOW ROSES - OIL ON PANEL

PETER VAN BREDA ALBERT BRIDGE TOWARDS CHELSEA, LONDON

An Artist’s Garden fine art paintings and sculpture for the summer G

ladwell & Patterson, fine art dealers since 1752, have an exciting new Summer Exhibition starting on 19 May in their stylish Beauchamp Place gallery. The exhibition of paintings and sculpture is drawn from a wide selection of prestigious artists coincides with the RHS Chelsea Flower Show where they also exhibit. The gallery is eminently able to provide the collector with advice and support as you choose art to grace and delight your home. The exhibition includes wonderful French country scenes through delightful villages and along winding rivers like the Dordogne. Georges Robin lived to be 100 and Gladwell & Patterson dealt with him throughout his life. Artists like Norfolk based Stewart Lees take inspiration from rural bounty he finds around him and his still life compositions include ripe apples and juicy fruits. Our horticultural obsession has always been recorded in art reflecting the value we place on nature and the garden as a haven and place of enjoyment and delight. They are special places and much loved, from simple window boxes and balconies to wide open lawns and flower studded gardens. Gladwell & Patterson celebrate our love of the outdoors at the prestigious Chelsea Flower Show for their eighth year, they will be featuring a collection of paintings chosen specifically to appeal not only to garden lovers but also with a strong focus on still life work by Willem Dolphyn, British landscapes by Martin Taylor and stunning floral work by Belgian artist Pieter Wagemans. The gallery also showcases a range of outdoor sculpture by Internationally acclaimed animal sculptor, Edward Waites.

6 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

Edward has been exhibiting with Gladwell & Patterson for 7 years. He has developed a valuable reputation with some rather prestigious clients including H.M.The Queen. He loves working with animals and casting original sculptures in bronze and silver. Growing up in the country he was drawn to animals and has always been close to them. They give him the freedom to express himself in his pieces, studying form and musculature. For 2015 he is working on a life size horse which will take centre stage in the garden. Edward says “exhibiting at the Chelsea Flower show is a great opportunity for me to demonstrate the art of sculpture and how these big bronzes are created.” He is a true English gentleman with a zest and passion for his art and for life. It is truly exciting and inspirational to be in his company. Gladwell & Patterson will be at stand SR10 and SR44 at the RHS Chelsea Flower Show 2015 from Tuesday 19 May daily 8am-8pm to Saturday 24 May from 8am-5.30pm. The Summer Exhibition at Gladwell & Patterson, 5 Beauchamp Place will be open to the public from Thursday 19 May to Saturday 30 May. Monday to Friday 10am-6pm and Saturdays 11am-4pm.

THE DETAILS Gladwell & Patterson 5 Beauchamp Place, Knightsbridge SW3 1NG London t. 020 7584 5512 e. glenn@gladwellpatterson.com www. gladwellpatterson.com

231A CHISWICK HIGH ROAD, LONDON W4 4PU 0208 7470370 ENQUIRIES@CAPULETGALLERY.COM WWW.CAPULETGALLERY.COM

ART GALLERY GUIDE

LHOUETTE, POP COLLAGE LHOUETTE CAPTAIN MORGAN

DUNCAN PALMER WATCHING THE WAVES

FROGMAN JUMP START

EDWARD WAITE RICHMOND BRIDGE

at Capulet Gallery this Summer Much of what we buy, from clothes to furniture, provides us with more than mere functional purposes; they say something about who we are. Art is the same in that it is more than decoration, it is an extension of our personalities and the art we choose to buy says as much about us as the car we drive.

rt offers life enhancing properties that extend beyond their aesthetic qualities and connects with us through a visual language of colour, line, shape and form in ways that spoken language cannot. Artworks are frequently purchased as a gift for an anniversary or birthday; for an appreciation of the artist’s skill; as a symbol of what we have achieved in our lifetime; for investment potential or because we identify with the artist’s message. Whatever the reason may be, art is a powerful form of expression that continues to move and inspire us. We have put together a collection of art pieces by different artists which we love. LHOUETTE The contemporary artist Lhouette has been ‘wowing’ art collectors looking for art which ‘makes a statement’. Using vibrant colours and references to pop culture whilst also including accents of urban street culture, His work often includes a contemporary twist on classic images of iconic figures. Lhouette, who classifies his art as ‘Post-

7 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

Urban Glamour’, was nominated for the ‘Best Up and Coming Published Artist 2014’ with the Fine Art Trade Guild Awards and had his art showcased at the Houses of Parliament earlier this year alongside works by Banksy. If you haven’t heard of this artist yet, you will do soon. EDWARD WAITE Inspired by the buzz and energy of urban landscapes from around the world, Waite captures city life through bright, energetic colours and the non-stop fluid motion of paint that flows across the canvas using his signature ‘sauce-bottle paint’ technique. With many collectors worldwide and following the successful launch of his art in several galleries in the USA last year, Edward Waite is arguably one of the most exciting cityscape artists on the contemporary art scene. ANDREI PROTSOUK Ukranian artist Andrei Protsouk, taught by the worldrenowned contemporary of Marc Chagall and Pablo Picasso, creates stunning figurative works that speak a language of life and love. Often depicting couples

DUNCAN PALMER ENGLISH PARADISE

LEIGH LAMBERT MAKE MINE A FLAKE

embracing or dancing, the soul of Andrei’s art is his infatuation with relationships and Protsouk’s art is alive with passion, romance and rich in stimulating colour. With his art exhibited across the globe and many corporate clients including Coca-Cola, Johnnie Walker Expo and Imperial Cosmetics, Andrei’s art is believed to have investment potential. TIM COTTERILL Bronze frog sculptures at Capulet are the creation of Tim Cotterill, also known as Frogman, who is the biggest selling bronze artist in the world. Frogman creates molten bronze sculptures of charismatic frogs using the same Lost-Wax process which was used by Ancient Egyptians in jewellery making. Each jewel-like coloured frog, finished with a chemical patina, takes 116 man hours and between five and seven weeks to complete. The popular frogs are collected internationally with American celebrities including Opera Whinfrey, David Hasselhoff and Michelle Pfieffer, to name but a few. DUNCAN PALMER Born and raised in Hampshire Duncan Palmer has always had an artistic flair and began painting to pay for driving lessons. An enormous natural talent for capturing picturesque scenes, Palmer had his first solo

ANDREI PROTSOUK BIG BEN CHAMPAGNE

exhibition at just nineteen and has since experienced enormous success with numerous sell-out exhibitions and dedicated collectors. The English landscape is his inspiration and frequently depicts traditional scenes of unblemished countryside that transport us from our busy lives to a calmer more soothing environment. LEIGH LAMBERT Inspired by childhood memories, Newcastle-born Leigh Lambert creates nostalgic images of a bygone time. With figures reminiscent of Lowry, each piece tells a story with Lambert’s skill at setting a scene. Re-telling scenes that have formed a part of all our childhood, Lambert uses occasional splashes of bright colour against a monochromatic background that captures the excitement and energy of youth. Nominated for Best Up-and-Coming Artist in the Fine Art Trade Guild Awards, art by Lambert are in high demand with a two year waiting list for commissioned original pieces. THE DETAILS For more information about Capulet Gallery or any of the artists mentioned contact the gallery on either enquiries@capuletgallery.com or 020 8747 0370. www.capuletgallery.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 7 1

ART GALLERY GUIDE

Blackheath Gallery BLACKHEATH GALLERY HAS BEEN CLOSED FOR SIX MONTHS AND HAS JUST HAD A GRAND OPENING ON 1ST MAY 2015 (WHICH WAS AN AUSPICIOUS DAY!)

he Gallery has been a success for forty years and will reopen following a large investment in the refurbishment of not only the existing space but the addition of the adjoining property to “double” the ground floor space. It is intended to be more than just an art gallery. Not only will it bring the quality of the West End to Blackheath, it will attract more artists and it is intended to become the focal point of the Village offering “living art2. There will be something for everyone. “Having achieved my degree at Goldsmiths College Art School, London, I then embarked on a teaching career. This proved to be very successful and within 3 years I ran my own department. I was then head hunted by the ILEA inspectorate and was seconded to run the Educational Department of Whitechapel Gallery. During this period I met and associated with some of the greatest 20th century artists including Henry Moore, Elizabeth Frink, Joseph Herman, David Hockney etc Whilst I was involved in this stimulating activity, I was also commissioned to sculpt a Bronze for HMS Dolphin-TheSubmarine Fleet in Portsmouth and a large sculpture for a pop group called Status Quo. The Whitechapel Gallery experience had a profound effect on me to the extent that I stopped teaching and lecturing to open a gallery in Blackheath in 1975. Initially, exhibiting my own work along with other developing artists, I then became incorporating work by seriously respected and famous artists. The gallery began to enjoy a certain amount of success and attracted the attention of corporate clients that included Citibank, Arthur Anderson, Tate & Lyle, and Bank of Credit & Commerce etc . At this particular

7 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

time, these clients acquired extremely valuable acquisitions that proved to be investments in every sense of the word. I mention this branch of gallery commerce as it did inspire me to always maintain a certain amount of stock that had a potential ‘investment’ element. Having weathered 3 recessions, we have not only survived, we have developed a notable reputation for quality of artists, paintings and prints that not only competes with but exceeds in quality with many West End Galleries. In fact several of our artists show concurrently in the West End. Geographically, the gallery is well placed in Blackheath that has a great artistic history with many great names to its credit – Victor Pasmore and John Bratby amongst them. It also attracts young wealthy families that show a strong desire to become collectors of quality art, both for aesthetic and investment purpose. The only real limitation that the gallery showed was that of space. With the intervention and cooperation of John Nash, one of my more serious collectors and friend, he has bought about the kind of physical metamorphosis that was required to further its well earned reputation. Blackheath Gallery has proven to be a worthy establishment with longevity and has become a cherished and vital component of this attractive London suburb.” James Corless – Gallery Founder and Director THE DETAILS For more information about Blackheath Gallery 34A Tranquil Vale, London SE3 0AX Phone 07714 104204 www.blackheath-gallery.co.uk

A N A U S P I C I O U S D AT E / A N A U S P I C I O U S O C C A S I O N 0 1 .0 5 .1 5

IT IS WITH EXTREME PRIDE AND PLEASURE THAT WE CELEBRATE BLACKHEATH GALLERY’S ‘40’TH ANNIVERSARY EXHIBITION’ AND THE OPENING OF OUR NEW GALLERY SPACE WITH A RICH COLLECTION OF WORK BY THE RENOWNED 20TH CENTURY ARTIST PETER BLAKE. WE GRATEFULLY ACKNOWLEDGE THE INVALUABLE COLLABORATION WITH CCA GALLERIES THAT HAS MADE THIS SPECIAL EXHIBITION POSSIBLE.

THERE WILL BE MORE THAN 50 SIGNED LIMITED EDITION PRINTS INCLUDED IN THE EXHIBITION DISPLAYING THE RICH AND COLOURFUL CONTENT OF HIS WORK.

40TH ANNIVERSARY EXHIBITION YOU ARE INVITED IS OPEN UNTIL THE 13TH TO OF JUNE. THE PRIVATE VIEW CHAMPAGNE &GALLERY CANAPÉS BLACKHEATH 9PM 34A TRANQUIL 4PM VALE,– LONDON SE3 0AX PLEASE RSVP TOPHONE JAMES@BLACKHEATH-GALLERY.CO.UK 07714 104204

WWW.BLACKHEATH-GALLERY.CO.UK

ART GALLERY GUIDE

he Oil&Water Contemporary Art Gallery is to be found in Old York Road, Wandsworth Town – just to the South of Wandsworth Bridge and close to the Alma pub. It is easily accessible by British Rail from Waterloo, or by changing via the Victoria Line at Vauxhall. It is well worth visiting, as there is always something fresh and interesting to see. The gallery changes exhibitions every month, and prides itself in offering a wide selection of good quality original art. There will shortly be two contrasting exhibitions which I can recommend. Beginning on May 21st ‘Environment Absorbed’ will bring together six artists and one sculptor, whose semi-abstract and emotive interpretations of timeless horizons will evoke delight and intrigue. Contributors include Deborah Batt, who has a wonderfully distinctive style in examining the idea of communities and how they coexist with their surroundings. Also Henrietta Stuart, whose landscapes are sometimes deep and emotional, sometimes calm and colourful – leaving the viewer mesmerized and enchanted. The artists have been selected by Jonathan Macfarlane, who has been involved in the Oil&Water Gallery since its

beginning in 2013 and now seized the opportunity to curate his first exhibition. This exciting newcomer has brought a fresh approach to the gallery, seeking out powerful artwork which can mean something different to everyone who sees it. This show will be followed by an intriguing journey from ‘Khajuraho to Cuba’ displayed in the paintings, drawings and prints from recent projects and adventures of the internationally acclaimed artist Charles Newington. Best known for his stunning chalk hill figure cut into the North Downs above Folkestone, Charles is currently working on a series of paintings which began in Cuba last year. He describes it as ‘a blend of primitive, magical, animist surrealism or, simply , pure imagination’. He has exhibited widely both nationally and internationally, and his work is held in many public and private collections. Charles’s willingness to show at Oil&Water is something of a coup for this young gallery – an exhibition not to be missed. THE DETAILS Oil & Water Contemporary Art Gallery 340 Old York Road, London SW18 1SS t: 020 8704 4327 www.oilandwater.co.uk

Keith Haynes

Works in Vinyl, Neon and Other Media Exhibition continues to 31st May 2015 Gallery DIFFERENT 14 Percy Street, London W1T 1DR Catalogue available online at www.gallerydifferent.co.uk

Images: ‘artpop’ neon & album covers; ‘Paul Weller’, vinyl records’ ‘Smiley Culture’, vintage badges; ‘Love is the Drug’, vinyl records

ART GALLERY GUIDE

Lewis Hazelwood-Horner Oil painting studies of the Holland & Holland Factory

n late 2014, Holland & Holland invited a young artist to the factory to begin a three month residency exploring the tradition of London gun making. Armed with a sketch book, blank canvases and oils, Lewis Hazelwood-Horner has created a series of oil paintings capturing the gunmaker’s craftsmanship and artistry. Moving around the factory’s different departments, Lewis has attempted to capture these craftsmen in their working surroundings, hand crafting Holland & Holland’s famous bespoke guns. This exciting exhibition is on show now at Holland & Holland’s flagship store in Mayfair. Lewis’s process involved several trips to the factory, gathering preliminary sketches in graphite’s and oils. For this part of the process the craftsmen were merely being observed as Lewis detailed the colours, lines and action within each composition. A number of the paintings in this series were started ‘in life’ at the factory and finished in Lewis’ London studio. He is trained in life drawing and uses this skill to its full capacity, relying on photography as

7 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

an aid but never a starting point or sole reference point. Lewis trained at Central St Martins School of Art and also at The London Atelier and Representational Art (LARA). At the age of 23 this is Lewis’ first major solo exhibition, he has also worked as Artist in Residence at James Smith & Sons Umbrella’s and is currently painting for bootmaker, John Lobb. The series features four completed oil paintings on canvas in varying sizes. Lewis has also created a set of ‘Alla Prima’ studies which are smaller compositions taken around the factory as an aid to the main paintings. A limited set of prints are also available. The exhibition is on display at Holland & Holland’s Bruton Street store throughout May. THE DETAILS Please contact for more information or to arrange a viewing.

Holland & Holland 33 Bruton Street, London, W1J 6HH Tel: 0207 499 4411 www.hollandandholland.com

Pop into Putney’s friendliest gallery to see affordable art from £40 – £4,000 180 Lower Richmond Rd Putney Common London SW15 1LY T: 020 8246 4840 E: info@wills-art.com W: wills-art.com Open 7 days 10.30 – 6pm

AMY JUDD Solo Show 15th - 30th May 2015

PRIVATE VIEW Friday 15th May 6.30 - 9pm

2 Leopold Road, Wimbledon, SW19 7BD 020 8944 7171 info@hicksgallery.co.uk

ART GALLERY GUIDE

MOKUY NAWURAPU WUNUNGMURRA WOOD CARVING, 240cm TALL

NATURAL EARTH FREDDIE TIMMS

DUCK PONDS DREAMING LILY NUNGARRAYI HARGRAVES

GUM CREEK, PIGMENTS ON CANVAS 170X270cm

ACRYLIC ON LINEN, 150X120cm

Holland Park’s newest gallery, Lacey Contemporary continues it’s season of exhibitions celebrating important emerging art markets with a May 13th exhibition

Transformations: Aboriginal Art Today

ustralian Indigenous Art specialist Jennifer Guerrini Maraldi, Director of JGM Art Limited, has collaborated with Lacey Contemporary for Transformations; a remarkable collection of over 30 works by a selection some of the greatest Indigenous Artists working in remote communities of Central, Northern and Western Australia. Transformations seeks to demonstrate how today’s Aboriginal Art developed from the earliest ceremonial mark making and sand maps, to become one of the world’s most remarkable contemporary art movements. It was during the 1970’s the seeds of today’s Contemporary Indigenous Art Movement were being sown in the most remote and hostile desert regions of Australia. Today, contemporary Aboriginal Art can be found in some of the most prestigious private collections and major exhibitions in Europe, including the Museum of Contemporary Aboriginal Art, Netherlands; the Musee du quai Branly in Paris; The Royal Academy of Art; and the British Museum, London. The ancient traditions and mythology from the world’s oldest unbroken culture, thought to be unchanged for over 60,000 years, are central to the artworks’ appeal and lasting impression.

Travelling to aboriginal communities across the length and breadth of the “red” centre of Australia is a life changing experience. There are so many wonderful artists working in Communities, from the deepest Kimberley in Western Australia, the true desert heart on the tri-state borders, as well as the outlying islands to the north, towards New Guinea, and small islands in the The Gulf of Carpentaria. Knowing the artists and understanding their country allows a deeper insight into this ancient culture and a connection to their art today JENNIFER GUERRINI-MARALDI 7 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

These traditions are perhaps what stimulate collector’s interests, and what has prompted record prices which have been achieved at auctions over the last few years. The British Museum’s blockbuster exhibition Indigenous Australia: Enduring Civilisation, opening in April 2015, further highlights the focus given to Aboriginal art and artefacts this year. The attention that this art has gained on the international stage demonstrates an increasing trend towards promoting and collecting Aboriginal Art. Notably, many of the artists in the British Museum collection will be showing similar artwork in Transformations, providing an opportunity for enthusiasts to acquire exquisite contemporary pieces by artists who are now collected by some of the most important institutions in the world. Transformations aims to present further insight into contemporary Aboriginal art, described by that the late, great modern art critic, Robert Hughes as “The finest Art Movement of our times”. Featured works include a rare piece by renowned Kimberley Region Artist, Freddie Timms; sculptures from Telstra Award winner Nawurapu Wununmurra (Arnhem Land); and new paintings by Lily Nungarrayi Hargraves – an artist collected by the National Gallery of Victoria and the Museum of Contemporary Aboriginal Art, Netherlands. Alongside this two-week exhibition, Lacey Contemporary and JGM Art London are raising money for Indigenous Literacy Foundation charity, by hosting a ticketed event featuring an evening lecture and recital from renowned Anthropologist, Nicola Pagano. Nicola will demonstrate his remarkable skill, playing haunting and beautiful sounds on his own didgeridoo. Guests at the event will be treated to a selection of wines from South Australian McLaren Vale Winery - WIRRA WIRRA. The ILF aims to raise literacy levels and improve the lives and opportunities of Indigenous children living in remote and isolated regions. Lacey Contemporary and JGM ART are proud to present this exhibition. JGM ART (www.jgmart.co.uk) is based in Battersea London, where art can be viewed by appointment.

THE DETAILS Transformations: Aboriginal Art Today: 13th – 23rd May 2015 Lacey Contemporary Gallery 8 Clarendon Cross, W11 4AP info@laceycontemporarygallery.co.uk | info@jgmart.co.uk www. laceycontemporarygallery.co.uk

EXQUISITE ASIAN ART G FROM CHINA, INDONESIA, MALAYSIA, MYANMAR, PHILIPPINES, SINGAPORE, THAILAND AND VIETNAM abriel Asian Arts started as a hobby. As they shared their private collection with family and friends when they visited their home, the positive comments encouraged them to extend their love of Asian art to a larger audience here in the UK. They have deliberately chosen Asian art because they feel that there is so much to experience, to learn and to share about the Asian art and culture. Far from being homogenous, it is enriched with an enormous diversity of culture, language, tradition and religion that play not just an integral, but also an influential role in an artistâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s composition. In addition to making Asian art accessible, they also wanted to show that exquisite art which often ordains the walls of majestic hotels, museums and art galleries can be equally beautiful and appreciated in a home setting. The result is a home gallery with contemporary original Asian art pieces presented in the comfortable setting of our home. Gabriel Asian Arts have put together an eclectic collection of Art from China and the Far East on their website for your appreciation. You are also welcome to view the paintings at their gallery by appointment.

PHAM HONG SON PEACEFUL MOMENT UTINWIN A-KHA LADY

THE DETAILS

SOE SOE RUBY FLOWER AND GOLDENSTEP

8 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

If you wish to receive updates on their new collections or upcoming events, please register at events@gabrielasianarts.com www. gabrielasianarts.com

SURREY SURREY HILLS HILLS MAYFAIR MAYFAIR SOUTH SOUTH HAMPSTEAD HAMPSTEAD

ArtArt for for every every interior interior

NELSON NELSON MANDELA MANDELA JOHN JOHN ILLSLEY ILLSLEY MARIA MARIA FILOPOULOU FILOPOULOU MONROE MONROE HODDER HODDER ILLSLEY ILLSLEY JANJAN COUTTS COUTTS TRISH TRISH WYLIE WYLIE CHRYSSA CHRYSSA VERGHI VERGHI ANDY ANDY WARHOL WARHOL JOHN JOHN

Upcoming Upcoming Exhibition Exhibition

John John Illsley Illsley Founding Founding Member Member of of Dire Dire Straits Straits 18 May 18 May until until 21 June 21 June ArtArt Advisory AdvisoryBespoke Bespoke Commissions CommissionsAppraisals Appraisals 23 Maddox 23 Maddox Street, Street, Mayfair, Mayfair, London London W1S W1S 2QN 2QN | T: | 020 T: 020 7495 7495 1010 1010 laura@belgraviagallery.com laura@belgraviagallery.com www.belgraviagallery.com www.belgraviagallery.com

WELCOME TO THE BAROSSA VALLEY

From a name that proudly symbolises the Barossa Valley, our three new wines capture the distinctive elegance, finesse and vibrant fruit flavours of one of the world’s most celebrated wine regions.

Experience the wines that made the Barossa great at Taste of London 2015

E X PE R I E N C E T H E B A R O S S A VA L L E Y E S TAT E R A N G E SHIRAZ

GRENACHE SHIRA Z MOURVÈDRE

CABERNET SAUVIGNON

w w w. b a r o s s a va l l eye s ta te. c o m DEL4974

EVENTS

Taste of London Sample the finest flavours from around the world at Taste of London 2015, Regents Park 17th -21st June

aste of London 2015 is all about keeping the event fresh, innovative and original: a re-vamped theatre, brand new restaurants, up and coming talent and forward thinking technology. A magnificently unique event where food and drink lovers converge to sample stunning dishes from the latest, greatest and most exciting restaurants London has to offer. This year the event will embrace its “Flavours of the World” theme, showcasing the melting pot of flavours that make up the London restaurant scene. Taste of London is delighted to welcome a host of talented, enthusiastic, award winning and inspiring chefs including; one of the pioneers of modern British cooking Marcus Wareing, La Gavroche’s superstar sous chef Monica Galetti and the man responsible for revolutionising the way we eat Indian food, Atul Kochhar. Add to the mix Mexican street food chef and entrepreneur Thomasina Miers, and Michelin starred Portuguese chef Nuno Mendes. To top

that off, Taste favourites returning include: Pascal Aussignac, Francesco Mazzei, Ben Tish, Bruno Loubet and Daniel Doherty. 40 of London’s best restaurants will converge on Regent’s Park serving taster portions of their signature dishes. New for 2015 is contemporary Chinese restaurant Chai Wu, South East London’s latest haunt Artusi, Jose Pizarro’s authentic Spanish Pizarro, The Clove Club known for its use of interesting and often overlooked British ingredients, The Palomar with its modern fare from Jerusalem and contemporary Japanese cooking from Aqua Kyoto. Also new for 2015 are Peruvian hotspot LIMA Floral, Anna Hansen’s newest venture; Modern Pantry 2 and Marcus Wareing’s Tredwell’s; modern London cooking focusing on British produce. Returning again are Taste of London favourites The House of Ho, L’Anima, Club Gascon, Spice Market, Ember Yard, Duck & Waffle, SushiSamba and Roka. This year will see a revitalised and interactive new AEG Taste Theatre hosting the array of world class cooking talent. The AEG Cooking Club is a chance to get up close and personal with your favourite chef in an interactive handson cooking class.

Following on from the huge success at Taste of London Winter, The Protégé Project by Ford will return where three world class chefs each present their protégé to the UK’s finest foodies as they join together to run a restaurant at Taste of London. Simon Rogan presents Ben Donkin, Daniel Doherty will bringing his Duck & Waffle sous chef Chris Thompson and Derek Johnstone will be backed by Michel Roux Jr so make sure you are there to try the dishes from the stars of the future. Champagne Laurent-Perrier will showcase one of the most beautiful features in the park with their champagne masterclass, The Balvenie will host whisky tastings and Mortimer’s cider will return with its hugely popular silent disco. In addition, Grana Padano DOP and Prosecco DOC will present Italian Moments – Tastings and pairings with the authentic Prosecco and the best vintages of Grana Padano. Celebrity Cruises are bringing their iconic Lawn Club experience to Taste of London. Enjoy wine and food tastings hosted by wine ambassador Oz Clarke as he brings you on a gastronomic journey of culinary delights. THE DETAILS Tickets on sale now, for more information or to purchase tickets go to: london.tastefestivals.com

The world’s greatest restaurant festival, Taste of London, is back and is destined to be the highlight of the summer foodie calendar once again. A tantalising selection of world-class chefs and London’s hottest restaurants! 8 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

NEW HOMES

NEW LUXURY AT THE CENTRE OF THE CAPITAL

Work has begun to convert London’s landmark Centre Point building into luxury apartments.

he former office building has been a focal point on the skyline for five decades - now it will be turned into 82 one-to five-bedroom apartments, averaging £3.2million each. The development will boast a pool, spa and fitness facilities, as well as views over the west end. Centre Point, which stands at the cross-section of Tottenham Court Road and Oxford Street, attracted controversy when it was first built by property tycoon Harry Hyams in 1966. It stood empty as he tried unsuccessfully to find a single tenant willing to pay the money take it on, and squatters moved in briefly to demonstrate against its residential areas remaining empty when London was in the grip of a housing crisis. Eventually let, it changed hands several times before being bought by current owners Almacantar 2011. The developers have taken on Rick Mather Architects and Conran and Partners to design the project, who, it said would

“revive its sixties design appeal alongside cutting edge design and technology”. The project, which will include a new public square and 41,780 square feet of retail space, is next to Tottenham Court Road station which will eventually be served by the new Crossrail links. Kathrin Hersel, development director, Almacantar, said the work would “turn Centre Point into a destination Londoners can be proud of”. She added: “The project will breathe new life into this landmark, giving it a sustainable and exciting future for the benefit of all Londoners and visitors to the capital.” Work on Centre Point is expected to finish in the summer of 2017. The development may be attractive to overseas buyers who are keen to invest in London property. Recent figures from the Department of Business showed in some parts of London a fifth of properties were owned by foreign buyers and in one development in Thameside it emerged 80% of homes had been snapped up by purchasers from overseas.

LIVING ON LATIMER ROAD

4 MINUTES TO CLAPHAM JUNCTION

More West W10

St John’s Way SW11

2 bed apartments and duplexes

A new way of life is emerging in the heart of Battersea

Prices from £626,500

1, 2 & 3 bed apartments and 3 & 4 bed triplexes Prices from £530,000

Call: 020 3369 8782 Computer generated images are indicative only and subject to change. Prices correct at time of going to press.

Call to register: 020 3369 8728

Raising the roof: G

London’s most dramatic double-height new homes

iven that London is a city where more floor space is what everyone wants, to deliberately give up that space to add height seems like madness. But the effect of height, especially double-height space, is often underestimated in interior design. This is why the best interiors in top-end contemporary homes now feature the soaring drama of entrance halls or living rooms with ceilings that top 30ft. “It is a pretty profligate way to use space,” admits Ed Mead, executive director of estate agents Douglas & Gordon. “It is also a fairly

POPULAR WANDSWORTH LOCATION

recent phenomenon, and part of the prime central London premier property scene. It’s the showing-off factor.” Mead believes that, at this high end of the market, a home with less floor space but more pizzazz will not lose value. It could even carry a premium. “At the top end of the market, the rich will pay for imaginative design,” he says. You may think that most double-height properties will be penthouses, but that isn’t the case when you consider the luxury conversions that can be achieved from former school buildings, barns and churches. Take a tour of some real wow-factor double-height homes...

London has been our home for over 150 years. Make it yours.

Carters Yard SW18 1, 2 & 3 bed apartments Launching June Prices coming soon

Call to register: 020 3369 8713

peabodysales.co.uk

NEW HOMES

Newly built mansion on the site of old Mayfair milking parlour goes on the market for

£25million T

he four-bedroom property in central London’s Farm Street has all the trappings of modern luxury with an indoor swimming pool, gym, lift, cinema room and roof terrace. One hundred and fifty years ago however it was used to house cows for milking on one of London’s busiest trading streets. Originally used as a milking parlour, it became a depot before being knocked down in the 19th Century. At 8,139 square ft, it is now on the market for £25million by estate agents Wetherell and Knight Frank. The house is decorated throughout with modern furnishings and plush carpets. Among its features is a private lift, cinema room and swimming pool. A grand piano sits in the marbled hall on one of the floor’s houses. The lower ground floors feature a swimming pool complex with mosaic-lined pool, steam room, gym, shower and changing facilities, kitchenette, guest cloakroom and media room. With 4 luxury bedrooms, each with en-suite bathroom – there is an enormous jacuzzi bath in the middle of the master suite’s bathroom, with his and her sinks and a walk in double shower. The luxury home also has a sauna adorned in shimmer silver mosaic and several outdoor spaces for residents to take in sun. A sweeping sun terrace on the building’s roof where residents and guests can take in views of the historic Mayfair village. A sleek white and brown kitchen leads out to a suntrapped patio on one of the house’s floors. Speaking of the property, Peter Wetherell, chief executive of Wetherell, said: ‘This recently built house is an outstanding example of contemporary living in historic Mayfair at its very best. ‘As the location of Mayfair’s dairy, the interesting and unusual history allowed for the construction of a house on a commercial depot site, without the usual restrictions of historic listing controls. ‘The result is an open flowing family house providing spacious rooms and generous ceiling heights rarely found in historic Mayfair.’

8 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

Is the lease of your flat or house becoming rather short?

Do you (with other s) want to control yo block of fla ur ts?

Why not contact us the Leasehold Property Experts An influencial source of independent residential property throughout London professional advice for those seeking to and the South East of England. extend their leases or collectively aquire their freehold of flats and houses. Unique in that the Group can provide a one stop service Formed in 1993 the Leasehold Advisory covering legals, valuation and Group are at the forefront of providing through associates raise mortgage support to Tenants and Landlords of finance (subject to status).

Why not contact the Group and find out more? LEGAL

VALUATION

CONSULTANT SURVEYORS VALUERS & ESTATE AGENTS

Contact Anthony Shalet 020 7689 7000 ashalet@rooksrider.co.uk

Contact Michael Tims 020 7409 2233 property@michaeltims.co.uk

EVENTS NEW EXHIBITION 15TH MAY – 6TH SEPTEMBER 2015

London Places and Spaces

PIGEON JAMES BENN

AT THE FEET OF THE CITY LYDIE GRECO

Tate Modern, Highgate Cemetery and the Royal Observatory are some of the famous landmarks which, along with London’s more secret places and spaces, have inspired one hundred illustrators to produce a collection of illuminating artworks capturing essences of London life. Together they feature in a new exhibition, London Places and Spaces, the 2015 theme of the prestigious Prize for Illustration competition.

PICCADILLY SHINES FOR YOU DAVID CUTTS

T ROOF GARDEN ANNA STEINBERG

UNDERGROUND FASHION ZARA PICKEN

MEETING PLACE PAUL GARLAND

he exhibition opens on 15 May where visitors will be taken on a visual journey through London. Ranging from the contemplative to the crowded and loud, imaginary and real, from the past to the present – all these places form part of our amazing city. Many of the illustrators have taken a conceptual approach, creating pictorial representations of subjects and experiences. Each artist reveals their inspiration in a short description accompanying their artwork. The 100 exhibited artworks were shortlisted from over 1,000 entries by an independent judging panel of design and industry experts. Every illustration is available as a print to order poster from the Museum at www.ltmuseum.co.uk The Prize for Illustration 2015: London Places and Spaces is organised by London Transport Museum in partnership with the Association of Illustrators (AOI) www.theaoi.com and Londonist www.londonist.com.

Friday Late launch evening 15TH MAY - 18.45 to 22.00 (LAST ADMISSION 21.15) TATE MODERN IN AUTUMN ALEX JEFFRIES

See the exhibition after hours at the special Friday Late opening of London Places and Spaces, taking place on 15th May 2015. Relax with a glass of Pimm’s in an indoor mini park; create a pop-out postcard featuring iconic London buildings and listen to talks about different places and spaces. There will also be film screenings, quizzes, talks, live music and bars, and a 2 for 1 special offer on glasses of Pimm’s. This event is part of Museums at Night.

THE DETAILS London Transport Museum, Covent Garden Piazza, WC2E 7BB. Tickets to exhibition: £16.00 (£13.50 concessions) which allow unlimited daytime entry to the Museum galleries and temporary exhibitions for a whole year. Tickets to the Friday Late: £12.00 (£10.00). Adults only. www.ltmuseum.co.uk A VERY BRITISH PASTIME JOHN HOLCROFT

9 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

GOLDEN HOUR ON TURIN STREET MARIA INES GUL

Illustration: London Places and Spaces by Erica Sturla

The Prize for Illustration 2015

London Places and Spaces An exhibition of the best entries 15 May â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 6 September 2015 London Transport Museum Covent Garden Piazza WC2E 7BB

FRIDAY LATE 15 May Media partner

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

THE GOLD STANDARD

airley House School, described by the Sunday Times as the ‘Gold Standard’, is London’s leading day school for children with specific learning difficulties. Offering a unique education with Educational Psychologists, Speech, Language and Occupational Therapists integrated into the school curriculum, the school enjoys a central London location with excellent facilities. Addressing the needs of children from the age of five, who require assistance due to dyslexia and dyspraxia, the school has a staff/pupil ratio of 1:3.5 and the average stay at the school is between two to three years. Children then return to mainstream schooling with a new ‘can do’ attitude.

0899 FH LIFE 125mm(h) x 185mm(w).indd 1

Following a great deal of encouragement from our parental body, Fairley House has decided, from September 2015, to continue its educational provision until the completion of Key Stage 4. This will enable pupils to carry on their education in an environment that ensures that their needs are fully met. While our intention is to enable your child to rejoin mainstream education as quickly as possible, our provision will now offer the possibility of remaining in our school to undertake the first major examinations that a pupil will face. Many of our alumni have enjoyed great success at GCSE and A-Level and they have progressed to top universities and have successful careers in a range of professions. We are certain that this new development will enhance the provision that Fairley House can offer.

24/01/2015 09:47

Unlocking Potential A Level Drama and Music Auditions at Ashbourne College Full scholarships available

college.co.uk 020 7937 3858

www.ashbournecollege.co.uk admissions@ashbournecollege.co.uk Ashbourne Independent Sixth Form College Kensington W8 4PL

WESTMINSTER SCHOOL www.westminster.org.uk

‘For the right girl or boy, simply the best.’ Good Schools Guide

16+ ENTRY FOR GIRLS & BOYS 2016 Online registration will open in June.

13+ BOYS ENTRY Register now for entry in 2018. To request a prospectus or find out about Open Days, please call 020 7963 1003 or email registrar@westminster.org.uk For information about entry to Westminster Under School at 7+, 8+ or 11+ please call 020 7821 5788. Westminster School is a charity (No. 312728) established to provide education. TAP2724_LifeMagazineAd_137x210mm_V1.indd 1

30/03/2015 14:15

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

Learning to be principled

...through nature

rom little acorns mighty oaks do grow, goes the saying, and students at Sydenham High Junior School are determined that more such beautiful trees will flourish in coming years. As part of their latest Flourish and Fly activity week, girls from across the school planted tree saplings for the local community as part of the Earth Restoration Society project. Each girl is now the custodian of a silver birch, an oak or a cherry tree sapling until it is mature enough to be replanted at a restoration project in the local area. The tree planting was the flagship event in the

Just as we can flourish and fly by building positive relationships with those around us, so we can also work together to ensure a sustainable and engaging local environment for all members of our community.

Didn’t get the state school place you wanted? A few additional places available for September 2015 Our outstanding education goes way beyond the curriculum, developing learners for life. Contact us for more details 020 8557 7003 admissions@syd.gdst.net www.sydenhamhighschool.gdst.net 15 Westwood Hill, London, SE26 6BL

school’s second co-curricular activity week under the Flourish and Fly banner, this time focusing on the theme: Be Principled. Throughout the activity week, girls from Reception to Year 6 have been exploring and celebrating the natural world, working together to devise a principled approach to protecting and enhancing the local environment. As well as tree planting, their activities included devising a campaign to raise awareness of a Fairtrade initiative and constructing a sustainable bamboo art installation for the school playground. “Connecting with the natural world in an urban environment such as Sydenham has provided an invaluable opportunity for the girls to consider the principles by which they live,” said Head of Junior School, Claire Boyd.

Whitgift. One of Britain’s finest independent day and boarding schools for boys aged 10-18

‘Some might say it’s just bricks and mortar. Others may say it’s just a school. But Whitgift is so much more than that’ Old Whitgiftian (2006–2014)

OPEN MORNING | SATURDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 2015 OPEN EVENING | TUESDAY 29 SEPTEMBER 2015 SIXTH FORM AND BOARDING | BY APPOINTMENT admissions@whitgift.co.uk +44 (0)20 8633 9935 www.whitgift.co.uk/opendays

Haling Park, South Croydon, CR2 6YT, United Kingdom

fishmedia ad JUNE 2015:Layout 1

31/3/15

09:20

Independent Co-educational 3-11 years. Founded 1942. ISA & IAPS

Now enrolling

Limited places available

Inspiring Brilliant Futures

For a school tour please contact Miss Ollie o.baskett@ghs.gemsedu.co.uk

The Hampshire School C H E L S E A

EARLY YEARS, PRE-PREPARATORY & PREPARATORY

15 Manresa Road, London. SW3 6NB

Tel: 020 7352 7077

We have a few places remaining in Nursery and Reception for September 2015 entry

Building confidence & character since 1928

www.ths.westminster.sch.uk

Open Morning Tuesday 9th June 9.30 - 11.00 Tours of the school are held on Tuesday mornings Bursaries available

020-8670 5865 email: admissions@rosemeadprepschool.org.uk www.rosemeadprepschool.org.uk

Page 1

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

How are you getting on at school? Rebecca said she hated school. Friends would ask “How are you getting on at school Rebecca, do you like it?” “No I hate it.” would be the reply. BY NADIA ENNON

efore she went to school everyone thought she would be fine, tall for her age with a large vocabulary and plenty of self-confidence, you wouldn’t have thought Rebecca would have any problems. However at the age 6 she already was having issues with reading, spelling, memory, handwriting, and concentration. Additionally her frustration and anxiety levels were way up while her self-esteem was actually pretty low when it came to the academic arena. On advice from others we had already taken Rebecca to see a doctor who specialized in children with ADHD and learning difficulties. He did loads of tests and said that Rebecca had a problem with delayed development, said her left side of her brain wasn’t working as well as the right and gave us exercises to help her balance and her concentration. THE STRUGGLE But that was when she was 5, Rebecca was now at

It wasn’t just in one area of learning, she struggled with reading and writing but also with concentration and organization.

9 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

the end of year 1 and she was struggling. It wasn’t just in one area of learning, she struggled with reading and writing but also with concentration and organization. She would jump lines in reading, had poor letter formation and very slow at anything. She was beginning to be kept in at lunch to finish work, she hated PE because she couldn’t get dressed/undressed quick enough and homework was becoming a nightmare. Trying to concentrate on school work after dinner she would just say “I can’t” and often end up crying. Had the school picked up anything? Labelled “borderline” by the SEN teacher and told that “she could do it” by her own teacher I was beginning to worry. Was Rebecca just being lazy or did she have a learning problem? Many people told me it was something that would just “come” and that I should just give it time. I knew I didn’t have “time” – Rebecca was beginning to lose her confidence.

The stories really interested because thereme descriptions in were accounts that these struck me as breally so like Rebecceing a

ENTER ALISON LAWSON Not long before the summer holidays I received an e-mail with details of a course being run fairly near us by the Alison Lawson Centre. The website mentioned Dyslexia a lot and I thought “this isn’t what Rebecca needs” – thankfully I read some of the first hand stories. The stories really interested me because there were descriptions in these accounts that really struck me as being so like Rebecca. Then I filled in an online assessment form and spoke to one of the people at the Centre. The form was an eye opener in itself because it asked questions about things that I thought were “just Rebecca”!!

Having talked the program over with my husband we decided to have her assessed at the center before we committed to the ten day treatment course. The course fee was quite high and we needed just a little bit more convincing. Also if we went for treatment Rebecca would be the youngest person the center had ever had – was she too young? THE ASSESSMENT The assessment took about an hour and I mostly left Rebecca with the Therapist to be tested on her own. Two interesting facts came out at the assessment. One was although she wrote with her right hand and kicked with her right foot, when looking down a tube she put it to her left eye. For some reason Rebecca didn’t trust her right eye. The second was when they tested her eyes following a pen. Rebecca’s right eye would suddenly flick out to the side and back. This was the final convincing evidence I needed, we were soon booked in for a ten day course of treatment! After we had been to assessment Rebecca showed more interest in writing and began labelling things on her pictures something she had never done before. The course we had booked spanned the last week of the school summer term and the first week of holidays. Because of the travelling and the intensity of the treatment I requested that Rebecca should have the last week off and although the school were a bit skeptical they did allow it. THE TEN DAYS The treatment course was a commitment because of the travel time and I had to find people to look after our 2 year boy. The actual treatment time was an hour which included a break. Rebecca took to the therapist from the first visit and enjoyed the eye treatments. Because of her age and ability level the course had been tailored to suit. Each night there was homework to complete and eye exercises to do. This was more challenging than the treatment because you had to make time to do them properly. After a few days Rebecca got used to them and they definitely were an important part of the course. During the course she began to write notes to me and a short note to the therapist. On the final night of treatment Rebecca suddenly decided to write. She wanted a special notebook and she wanted me to

write things for her to copy. I would write things on my page and she would copy it neatly on to hers. She had no problem with switching focus between the two pieces of paper.

She was move from ‘star d up ‘sharks’ in fish’ to the fi week bec ause she crst ou manage t he sums ld that were set her.

6 MONTHS ON Progress after this was not immediate nor was it especially noticeable. Small changes began to take place that I noticed over the course of the summer holidays. Rebecca wanted to do coloring. I had to go and buy a coloring book!! She had always been a free drawer and hated guidelines! She also wanted to do stickers – well we had loads of sticker books that had been given to her for birthdays etc. Up to then she had struggled with getting stickers into position correctly. One day Rebecca said “Do you know Mum, since my eye tests I can…

Read the rest of Rebecca’s story online The quick & effective Alison Lawson treatment, which is appropriate from age 4, has been used for over 20 years. The team have had first-hand experience in giving numerous children a brand new start in life with the Alison Lawson therapy and have a burning desire to pass these benefits to so many others, as they are seeing parents and teachers astounded over and over again. THE DETAILS

Yeovil – Somerset | Potters Bar – Hertford Contact us at admin@dyslexia-treatment.co.uk or on 01935 403260 www.alisonlawson.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 9 7

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

Academia in Junior Education

he importance of reading, writing and arithmetic are well known and without these skills it is difficult to live in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s world. So why teach history, geometry, great literature and philosophy to children of junior school age? Their importance surely lies in providing lifetime skills that we need to live our lives fully and happily. In studying a variety of subjects with great depth and breadth, the children can develop the skills to think independently, appreciate wisdom, express their understanding and strengthen their ability to empathise, listen and connect with others. St James Junior School provides for the intellectual, emotional and spiritual development of every child. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

9 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

never too young to appreciate large concepts or develop the capacity to listen and reflect. Our children may take 11+ examinations, where academic ability is tested in order to gain entry to the senior school of their choice, but there is more to education than exams. While academic skill is prized, it is not above all other talents and attributes. However, a school without ambition for each of its pupils to perform to the best of their ability is simply not doing its job. THE DETAILS St James Junior School Earsby Street London W14 8SH Telephone 020 7348 1793 www.stjamesjuniors.co.uk

School Tours with the Headmistress for details contact the school 020 7348 1793 www.stjamesjuniors.co.uk Earsby Street | London W14 8SH Registered Charity No. 270156

ST JAMES Junior School for girls and boys

Fish Media October 2014 ad_Alleyn's 04/11/2014 14:08 Page 1

Alleyn’s School Co-educational, academic excellence is closer than you think. Alleyn’s School, Dulwich: 14 minutes from London Bridge; 12 minutes from Victoria.

Westminster 3 miles

Surrey Quays 4 miles

Notting Hill 6 miles

Marble Arch 5 miles

Knightsbridge 6 miles

Greenwich 4 miles

Fulham 6 miles

Clapham 3 miles

The City 5 miles

Chelsea 6 miles

Borough 5 Miles

Battersea 5 Miles

Balham 3 Miles

Independent day school for boys and girls aged 4–18. Dedicated daily coaches serving inner and outer London.

Visit our Open Days this autumn all welcome - no need to book.

For more information visit our website alleyns.org.uk Tel: 020 8557 1478

nurturing talent... inspiring young minds

Open Week October 10-16 2015

Sixth Form Open Events June 3 and June 4 Please visit www.putneyhigh.gdst.net for an e-ticket

Academic, Music and Sport scholarships now available at 11+ (Year 7 entry) Music and Sport scholarships now available at 13+ (Year 9 entry)

EARLY YEARS ‘‘This is a big, bold, very brilliant school.’’ Tatler School Guide 2015

www.dulwichpreplondon.org registrar@dulwichpreplondon.org

For girls aged 4 to 18 years an outstanding academic record in a friendly, caring environment. Follow us on Twitter @putneyhigh

Putney High School 35 Putney Hill London SW15 6BH T: 020 8788 4886 www.putneyhigh.gdst.net

Registered Charity No 306983

Motivation • Inspiration • Excellence

Located in the heart of Belsize Park in Hampstead, Sarum Hall is a modern and successful school in which pupils are motivated to learn, inspired to fulfil their potential and encouraged to achieve excellence. Natural talents and enquiring minds are nurtured, allowing girls to explore new horizons with confidence. We are proud of our academic, scholarship and examination success; the foundations laid at Sarum Hall last a lifetime. Means-tested bursaries are available for a limited number of pupils. Please contact the school for further information. Headmistress: Mrs C Smith 15 Eton Avenue London NW3 3EL Tel: 020 7794 2261 Email: admissions@sarumhallschool.co.uk www.sarumhallschool.co.uk Charity number: 312721 Company Registration number: 0666444

Preparatory School for Girls aged 3 to 11 years

A62449 Sarum Hall Ad 106.5x68.5.indd 1

OPEN DAYS

2015 19TH SEPT 3RD OCT

ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE & OUTSTANDING PASTORAL CARE

CATHOLIC BENEDICTINE 11– 18 CO-EDUCATIONAL BOARDING & DAY SCHOOL IN THE HEART OF SUSSEX

www.worthschool.co.uk

06/10/2014 12:2

An Award-winning Sixth-Form College In the Heart of Central London

Principals James Eytle and Beverley Mellon receiving the award for Best London Independent Sixth-Form College 2014 from Les Webb of sixth-form.com.

• Small group sizes – max class size of 8. • Excellent location – in the heart of Mayfair in central London close to Hyde Park and Oxford Street. • Excellent results

– 89.4% of A-level students gained A*, A, B grades in June 2014.

Wide Subject Choice

A-level & GCSE courses covering a wide range of subjects across Sciences, Humanities, Social Sciences, Arts and Languages.

Specialist Programmes for University Entry

Specialist programmes for university entry onto competitive degree courses including Medicine, Dentistry, Law, Economics, Psychology, Architecture and Engineering.

For enrolment enquiries please contact the College Administrator, Julia Millar on 020 7409 7273 or by email admin@albemarle.org.uk

www.albemarle.org.uk

Make the grade at A level A

t CIFE we're not just about getting the right grades or getting you into the best university. We're about bringing out the best in you as an individual. That's why our 2-year A level courses have so much choice and flexibility built in. In fact it's what our association of highly accredited independent sixth form colleges is all about. Yes, we'll help you meet others' standards – but fulfill your own promise too.

To discover how CIFE can enable you to achieve your full potential, call 020 8767 8666 or visit www.cife.org.uk

AMDG

DONHEAD

33 Edge Hill Wimbledon London SW19 4NP T: 020 8946 7000 www.donhead.org.uk

PREPARATORY SCHOOL

A Jesuit School Preparatory Day School for Boys 4 to 11 years Outstanding Inspection Report available to view at www.donhead.org.uk       

Our 10 year £7.7m development scheduled for completion in December 2015 Catholic Ethos Children of all denominations welcome Entry and scholarships achieved to top state and independent schools Outstanding Sporting and Musical tradition Extensive extra-curricular provision Wrap-Around Care from 8.00am to 6.00pm

Full admissions details available via the website. To arrange a personal tour please contact: Mrs June Smith, PA to the Headmaster, at headmasterpa@donhead.org.uk or telephone 020 8946 7000 (extension 1)

Killik Education Index 2014

Cost for 2 children over 14 yrs at private day school

600 k 300 k 100 k

1990

2005

2014

2027

Chief Executive

Medical Practitioners

Cost for 2 children over 14 yrs 9 yrs at private day school and 5 yrs boarding 900 k

450 k 200 k

1990

2027

2014

2005

Professional Occupations

1990

Older Daughter at school from 2012 - 2025 Private day to 13 & 5 yrs boarding

2014

Scotland £10,400

£396,000

£255,000

Private day State till 11 & private day

The North £10,000

Midlands £11,150

Wales £11,100

Private day to 13 & 5 yrs boarding

£179,000

East Anglia £12,600

£435,000

£271,000

State till 11 & private day

2027

£171,000

Younger son at school from 2014 - 2027

Private day

Construction Workers

South West £12,900 South East £13,900

Greater London £14,800

Please contact us on 020 7337 0522 or wealthplanninginfo@killik.com to find out about our range of saving and investment solutions and services specifically designed to assist with planning for the next generation.

www.killik.com/education The value of your investments can go down as well as up and you may not get back the amount invested. Source for all figures: Cebr. Issued by Killik & Co which is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

‘Outstanding’ in EVERY respect... Open Sessions 2015

SIAMS Report 2014

Thursday 17th September 10am Talk and questions with the Headteacher at 10.45pm

Tuesday 22nd September 6pm Talk and questions with the Headteacher at 7.30pm

Wednesday 23rd September 10am

DATES FOR YOU R DIARY!

Talk and questions with the Headteacher at 10.45am

Thursday 1st October 10am Talk and questions with the Headteacher at 10.45am 11 - 18 Church of England Girls’ School New Kent Road, London SE1 4AN T: 0207 407 1843 www.ssso.southwark.sch.uk E: office@ssso.southwark.sch.uk

Find the best tutors in your area |

Maths

English

020 3322 4748

Science

& more!

tutorfair.com

HURT WOOD

HOUSE ACTING &

DANCE SUMMER COURSES hurtwoodhouse.com

CHILDSPLAY CLOTHING

The Worlds Finest Luxury Brands for Newborn to 16 Years Voted ‘Best Online Retailer’ (Lifestyle Awards 2015)

Baby Dolce & Gabbana Italian Car Print Top - £76 Moncler Red Shorts - £73 Ralph Lauren Pre Walker Deck Shoes - £40 Dolce & Gabbana Rose Print Top - £92 Dolce & Gabbana Leggings – £132 Dolce & Gabbana Pre Walker Shoes – £112 Burberry Babygrow & Bib Set – £84 Armani Baby Sun Hat – £67 Gucci Changing Bag – £695

Girls Boss Girls White Embroidered Top – From £51 Miss Grant Snakeskin Print Skirt – From £70 SuperTrash 3 Way Look Bag - £78 Moschino Logo Loafers – From £120 Dolce & Gabbana Rose Print Top – From £108 Armani Junior Modal Shorts – Frtom £93 Dolce & Gabbana Patent Sandals – From £230 Dolce & Gabbana Headband – £92 Guess Viscose Trousers – From £40 SuperTrash Sleeveless Top – £30 Chloe Ivory & Gold Top – From £60 Chloe Beige Shimmer Linen Shorts – From £64 Chloe Belt – From £48 Sam Edelman Tan Leather Sandals – £44

Boys Billionaire Top – From £71 Fendi Beige Shorts – From £125 Tods Shoes – £120 Dolce & Gabbana Sunglasses - £159 Gucci Denim Shorts – £143 Armani Junior White Shirt – From £90 Aquascutum Stripy Cotton Jacket – £111 Armani Junior Navy Leather Belt – £58 Ralph Lauren Trainers – From £60 Gucci Jeans – £148 Aquascutum Trench Coat – £199 Armani Junior Leather Logo Moccasins – From £125

Enjoy 10% OF O OFF FF your first order FF or with code “LONDONLIFE”

WWW.CHILDSPLAYCLOTHING.CO.UK

OVER 100 BRANDS • STYLE ASSISTANTS • FREE DELIVERY • FREE RETURNS *Valid on products from the SS15 season only, excluding Burberry, Chloe, Gucci and other selected items. Valid once per customer and can not be used in conjunction with any other offer or discount.

CHILDSPLAY CLOTHING

The Worlds Finest Luxury Brands for Newborn to 16 Years

Babies

Girls

Shoes

Boys

Free delivery • Over 100 designer brands • Personal Shoppers • Free returns

Voted ‘Best Online Retailer’ (Lifestyle Awards 2015)

FASHION

13th Junest 2015 – 31 January 2016

ANDREIA CHAVES PHOTO ANDREW BRADLEY

SHOES

Pleasure and Pain atV&A

S U P P O R T E D B Y AG E N T P R OVO C AT E U R

THE TRANSFORMATIVE POWER OF EXTREME FOOTWEAR WILL BE EXPLORED IN THE V&A’S SUMMER 2015 FASHION EXHIBITION, SHOES: PLEASURE AND PAIN

ore than 200 pairs of historic and contemporary shoes from around the world will be on display, many for the first time. The exhibition will explore the agonizing aspect of wearing shoes as well as the euphoria and obsession they can inspire. The V&A’s shoe collection is unrivalled, spanning the globe and over 2000 years. Curator Helen Persson has delved into this, other international collections and the wardrobes of private individuals to select an exceptional range of shoes – from a sandal decorated in pure gold leaf originating from ancient Egypt - to futuristic looking shoes created using 3D printing. Shoes worn by or associated with high profile figures including Marilyn Monroe, Queen Victoria, Sarah Jessica Parker and Kylie Minogue will be shown as well as famous shoes, such as the ballet slippers designed for Moira Shearer in the 1948 film The Red Shoes. Footwear by 70 named designers including Manolo Blahnik, Christian Louboutin, Jimmy Choo and Prada will be on display. The exhibition will be shown over two floors. The luxurious, boudoir design of the ground floor gallery will examine three themes: transformation, status and seduction. ‘Transformation’ will present shoes that are the things of myth and legend, with different cultural interpretations of the Cinderella story. It will explore the concept of shoes being empowering as passed down through folklore, illustrated by the Seven League Boots from the ‘Hop o’ My Thumb’ tale, and how this feeds into contemporary marketing for such things as football boots and the concept of modern-day, fairy-tale shoemakers, whose designs will magically transform the life of the wearer. ‘Status’ will reveal how impractical shoes have been worn to represent privileged and leisurely lifestyles – their design, shape and material can often make them unsuitable for walking – and how shoes also dictate the way in which the wearer moves, and how they are seen. Shoes on display will include the now infamous Vivienne Westwood blue

1 1 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

platforms worn by Naomi Campbell in 1993. ‘Status’ will also demonstrate how historically shoe fashions originated from the European royal courts, while today the focus has shifted to famous shoe designers. Desirable shoes such as the ‘Pompadour’, worn by trend-setting women in the 18th-century French court will sit together with designs by the some of the most well-known names in fashion today, including Alexander McQueen and Sophia Webster. Within ‘Seduction’, the shoes represent an expression of sexual empowerment or a passive source of pleasure. Like feet, shoes can be objects of fetishism. High Japanese geta, extreme heels and tight-laced leather boots will be on display as well as examples of erotic styles channeled by mainstream fashion in recent years. In contrast, the first floor gallery is dedicated to dissecting the processes involved in designing and creating footwear, from concept to final shoe, peeling back the layers and revealing how they are made. The displays will show how makers combine traditional craftsmanship with technological innovation and how they unite function with art. Designer sketches, materials, embellishments and shoe lasts, such as the lasts created by H. & M. Rayne for Princess Diana, will be on show, alongside ‘pullovers’ from Roger Vivier for Christian Dior. The section will highlight the makers’ ingenuity in creating innovative styles and dealing with the structural challenges of creating ever higher heels and more dramatic shapes and will feature filmed interviews with five designers and makers.

THE DETAILS Tickets £12 (concessions available). Available to book from the end of January 2015 visit vam.ac.uk/shoes or call 0800 912 6961 (booking fee applies) Support for the V&A is more vital than ever. Please help by acknowledging the exhibition supporters Clarks, Agent Provocateur and the Worshipful Company of Cordwainers. www.vam.ac.uk/shoes #vamShoes

open Mon - Sat 9.30 - 5.30 FREE local parking

Fabulous Fashion Sizes 14-30 www.bakou.co.uk

award winning boutique

267-269 Coombe Lane London SW20 0RH 020 8947 9797

FASHION

Branch on the Park BRANCH ON THE PARK IS A BEAUTIFUL JEWELLERY SHOP SITUATED IN THE HEART OF EAST LONDON,VICTORIA PARK. IT IS AN ABSOLUTE TREASURE TROVE WITH VINTAGE CABINETS FILLED WITH ALL THAT GLISTENS AND SPARKLES.

ranch was opened in 2010 by Goldsmith Julia Cook, who has over 20 years experience of making jewellery. After graduating from Central St Martins in 1991 she started her own jewellery business and has been doing so ever since. Julia’s love of colour is immediately apparent as you enter her shop, peering into the cabinets your eyes behold a dazzling array of gemstones - Rubies, diamonds, tourmalines, chrysoprase, citrine, emerald, amethyst, labradorite, topaz, lapis, coral, moonstone and many more! Mixed with gold and silver it is a feast for the eyes and heart. Her style is very distinctive and runs through her work, it evokes a feel of ancient jewellery and a nod of respect to The Gem Palace collections. You can feel that it is all made with much love and care, which is all the more apparent when you talk to Julia about her work. She likes to adorn, setting stones surrounded by small gold balls, is one of her most popular designs. Customers will commission Julia to make them several of these rings, wearing them as a cluster on one finger as Julia does or if they commission one they will always come back for another, then another, then... Nature is also a big influence in Julia’s designs, leaves, curls and twists are combined with well chosen gemstones. Branch is filled with lots of stock but Julia also makes jewellery to commission. Commissioning is a most enjoyable process which clients love, they are far more involved, choosing their stone from a collection of stones, talking through

1 1 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

designs with Julia, coming to see the piece as it is being made and then collecting the final piece. Pinned around the workshop and in between books are lots of thank you notes and letters Julia has been given by happy customers. So happy they inevitably commission her again. Branch is an interesting place to visit with an arresting mixture of vintage fittings, cool grey panelled walls and cabinets filled with many treasures. There is a large shop counter behind which Julia has built a compact yet fully equipped and functioning workshop for two. Hammers hang in rows a long the walls, shelves around the workshop are filled with interesting and inspirational objects Julia has lovingly collected. Customers not only see the jewellery on display but they see the jewellery being made. The shop has been well thought out, in the centre there is something to keep your children occupied while you look at the gorgeous jewels! The centre piece is a table with a glass top, filled with crystals and fossils with pocket money price tags and this has turned many children into collectors of beautiful natural objects. Branch also has a small collections of other designers work, all of their jewellery is handmade too. If you can’t get to East London Julia also has an online shop called Blossoming branch which sells a selection of her work. THE DETAILS Branch On The Park 227 Victoria Park Road, London E9 7HD Phone 020 8533 7977 www.branchonthepark.co.uk

All The Brands of the West End in N.W.8 A PERSONAL SHOPPING EXPERIENCE www.stjohnswoodnw8.com

FEATURE

ContemporaryWine Expressions FROM BAROSSA VALLEY ESTATE

hese exciting new wines from Barossa Valley Estate are a contemporary expression from one of the region’s defining wineries, capturing the distinctive elegance, finesse and vibrant fruit flavours of the Barossa Valley. If you’ve never experienced the expressive wines of the Barossa Valley, or are looking for exceptional, elegant and vibrant red wines, these are perfect for you. Barossa Valley Estate’s three exquisite red wines represent the best of the Barossa Valley: Shiraz, Cabernet Sauvignon and Grenache Shiraz Mourvèdre. You’ll be captivated by the alluring, exotic spice, red plum and fresh blackberry flavours of Barossa Valley Estate Shiraz, and the expressive dark plum and seductive blackcurrant richness of the Cabernet Sauvignon. Or try the Grenache Shiraz Mourvèdre, a beautiful combination of three majestic grape varieties perfected in true Barossa Valley style. For those of you who love elegant red wines with brightly scented red berryfruit and a silky texture, this is the perfect choice to share with friends or to keep all to yourself. In their very first vintage, the wines have already achieved international acclaim, including a Gold Medal at the Sydney International Wine Competition and 93 points from Canada’s foremost wine critic, Natalie MacLean for Barossa Valley Estate

1 1 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

Grenache Shiraz Mourvèdre. Meanwhile Barossa Valley Estate Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon have been rated 91 and 92 points respectively by New Zealand wine veteran, Bob Campbell MW. Barossa Valley Estate is in the heart of the Barossa Valley, a small and beautiful place tucked on the southern edge of the great Australian continent, which has become one of the world’s great wine regions. Along the foothills of the Barossa Valley, a tapestry of ancient friable red clay loams combines with a warm and dry climate to create a unique environment for vines to develop fruit that has a vibrancy and depth of flavour like nowhere else on earth. Barossa Valley Estate wines will be available at Taste of London, where you are invited to experience the wines that made the Barossa Valley great. Or find them at your local Waitrose, Wine Rack or independent wine store. Barossa Valley Estate wines will be available at Taste of London from June 17th to 21st, where you are invited to experience the wines that made the Barossa Valley great. THE DETAILS For more information about Barossa Valley Estate visit the website at www.barossavalleyestate.com

HEALTH & BEAUTY

GET SET FOR A BIKINI-READY BODY PAGE 118

HEALTH & BEAUTY

DERMATOLOGIST DR ARIEL HAUS

NEW

sublative rejuven-eyes treatment: look back at a more youthful you! Our eyes are the windows to our soul, used to communicate and show emotion, but they are also one of the biggest tell tale signs of ageing.

razilian Dermatologist, Dr Haus is proud to introduce a rejuvenation treatment with a difference to help replace depleted collagen and open your eyes to a more youthful appearance. Sublative rejuven-eyes works on wrinkles and lax skin offering fine line and wrinkle reduction, a more uniform, smooth skin surface and a tighter, lifted brow. The treatment is highly effective, safe and technologically proven, specifically targeting only the surface of the skin through fractional resurfacing. THE ‘OUCH’ FACTOR The sensation felt is small bursts of concentrated heat lasting for a second or two. Following treatment the skin will be cooled to reduce the heat at the surface. WHAT ABOUT DOWNTIME? You will experience redness and possible swelling around the eye area that dissipates over a couple of days. Tiny scabs (less than 1mm in size) form 24-72 hours post treatment, but shed naturally over the next few days leaving skin smooth, even and rejuvenated. HOW LONG UNTIL I SEE THE BEST RESULTS? Results build gradually over two months as the collagen and elastin production increases.

1 1 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

WHAT DOES THE TREATMENT INVOLVE? When the radio frequency energy reaches the skin it is delivered into the skin via a matrix of tiny dots. Healthy skin surrounding these dots accelerate the healing process, with the end result being a significant increase in collagen and elastin production. WHO IS THE TREATMENT BEST FOR? Men and women with mild to moderate lines and wrinkles, uneven skin tone and texture, sagging brow line. Targets: The upper dermis around the eye area. Ideal age for treatment: 30 – 50 years: from prevention through to treatment. HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE FOR RESULTS TO DEVELOP? Results can be seen quickly but the full effects of building new collagen takes weeks and the best results will be seen in two to three months, with strengthening of the collagen continuing for a further six to eight months. The amount of treatments needed? Up to 3 treatments spaced 4-6 weeks apart. THE DETAILS For Appointments Telephone 020 7323 6559 10 Harley Street, London W1G 9PF www.drhausdermatology.com

“Leg ready” For The Summer? Varicose Vein Surgery at Highgate Private Hospital Are you suffering from issues related to Varicose Veins? The benefits of Varicose Vein Surgery can include: • Relief from inflammation and discomfort • Smoother legs with no bulging veins • Elimination of unsightly thread veins & spider veins • Improved self-esteem Varicose Veins are caused by weakened valves which means blood becomes trapped instead of flowing freely. This makes the veins stand out prominently from under your skin. Many factors can contribute to Varicose Veins, including pregnancy, ageing and gaining weight and they will not disappear without treatment. Fortunately, Varicose Vein Surgery is a relatively easy procedure that takes approximately an hour to perform.

There are two treatment options: Laser Ablation (EVLT) or Venefit™ (previously known as VNUS). These will reduce and close your Varicose Veins and the blood will reroute through the healthy vessels. Your Consultant will advise you on the most appropriate treatment for you. We offer expert Consultant Vascular Surgeons as well as onsite Diagnostic Services for any scans or further investigations. We welcome all patients whether insured, NHS funded or paying for their own treatment. Do you have private medical insurance? Highgate Private Hospital is approved by all major medical insurers. Paying for your own treatment? Highgate Private Hospital has highly competitive, all inclusive and transparent prices.

To book an appointment please call 0207 965 7350 email enquiries@highgatehospital.co.uk or visit www.highgatehospital.co.uk/LM 17-19 View Road, Highgate, London N6 4DJ

Part of Aspen Healthcare www.aspen-healthcare.co.uk

HEALTH & BEAUTY

GET SET FOR A BIKINIREADY BODY

WANT A SEXY,TONED BIKINI BODY READY FOR THE SUMMER? THEN IT’S TIME TO TAKE ACTION.WE’VE GOT THREE KEY AREAS YOU NEED TO FOCUS ON TO ENSURE YOU’RE LOOKING BEACHALICIOUS IN TIME FOR PEAK SEASON. SO DUST OFF THOSE WINTER COBWEBS AND GET READY TO FOLLOW OUR GUIDE TO GETTING A TOP BIKINI BODY. BIKINI BODY 1: EXERCISE If you want a great figure, then you’re going to need to put in the exercise time so make sure you get up and active first thing. Mornings are one of the best times to work out – getting your fitness fix in early kick-starts your metabolism and frees up the rest of your day.

mission to a hot bikini body. BIKINI BODY 6: DRINK MORE WATER Drinking 6-8 glasses a day of water has numerous bikini body benefits. Firstly it keeps you hydrated, and so prevents you from snacking; and secondly works wonders on your skin, even preventing the dreaded cellulite

BIKINI BODY 2: RUNNING This is a great workout for you do alone or with friends, and a great way to shed some excess pounds. Try running three times a week, starting with 10 minute sessions and then building to 30 minutes progressively. You’ll see some great results in your weight, the tone of your body and your overall fitness.

BIKINI BODY 7: GET SOME BERRIES,WHOLE GRAINS AND YOGHURT You’ll be pleased to know that all of the above are great flat-tummy foods. Combined they are supposed to help burn abdominal fat, improve digestion and keep you feeling fuller for longer. So start your day off with these top foods and be on your way to a nice and flat belly.

BIKINI BODY 3: SWIMMING Swimming is a brilliant overall body workout that works all of your major muscle groups. Again aim for three times a week and build up your time swimming progressively. Swimming will also help ease any swim suit fear and get you used to donning your bikini in public. BIKINI BODY 4: RESISTANCE TRAINING The more muscle you have the more calories you burn; the perfect reason to add weights to your workout. And you don’t need to be pumping iron day-in-day-out; just adding a simple resistance workout with some light weights on top of your running or swimming sessions will help tone lean calorie burning muscles. BIKINI BODY 5: EAT AND DRINK WELL What you eat and drink can vastly affect how your body looks and feels, so take this time to re-assess your diet and make some changes. Here are a few things you should try to include on your 1 1 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

BIKINI BODY 8: MASSAGE There are a whole heap of benefits that your body reaps from massage, but the ones key to how body’s appearance include its ability to increase circulation and how your skin looks. It also helps reduce stress – so you’re all ready for a nice and relaxing holiday. BIKINI BODY 9: BODY BRUSHING This is a really cheerful way to get beautiful looking skin that you can do all by yourself. Brushing regularly (twice a day is ideal), using long strokes towards your heart will stimulate circulation, get rid of dead skin cells and helps reduce cellulite. BIKINI BODY 10: TIPS AND TOES Apply finishing touches to your overall look by making sure your hand s and feet are in tip top condition. Treat yourself to a manicure and pedicure, to smoothing rough skin and cuticles and opt for a nice bright summery polish to complete the look.

HEALTH & BEAUTY

Do you eat carefully during the day, but let yourself go in the evening?

venings can be a difficult time to stick to healthy eating. Tiredness makes it difficult to resist temptation. After a long day, food and drink may be your reward.

If you eat and drink more than you want to later in the day... If you find it difficult to limit your evening meal... If you want to change these, or other, unhelpful eating habits...

Dr Helen McCarthy can help you discover how to eat the food you love without over-eating. Simple proven psychological techniques help you change unhelpful eating patterns one step at a time. Weight loss follows naturally. Positively Hungry Client Sarah said:“The really good things about ‘Positively Hungry’ are that you never have to be too hungry, and you can eat food you really like.” THE DETAILS For more information call 0207 467 8470 or visit www.positively-hungry.co.uk PositivelyHungry @positivehunger

HhEALTH, BEAUTY & FASHION ous e&&BEAUTY ga r d e n HEALTH

DyEINg To go bloNDE? When Kim Kardashian West unveiled her dramatic new do at Paris Fashion Week in March, brunettes the world over wondered: just how did she get her dark locks so light? By KAtie WrigHt, Press AssociAtion Don’t Dye tHis At HoMe?

So is Kim’s black-to-blonde bleach job achievable with an off-the-shelf dye? “I would not recommend this as DIY, I have seen too many disasters,” says Tracy Hayes, global head of technical training for Fudge Professional. “Always have this process done professionally, to keep your hair in the best possible shape.” If you have warm brown or ginger hair, you should avoid the peroxide too - unless

I would always recommend shifting a shade within one to three shades of your current hair colour

nd with Lily Allen and Carol Vorderman recently taking the peroxide plunge too, salons have seen a spike in calls from would-be blondes. “We’ve already had so many calls from people who are desperate to copy Kim’s look, particularly darker brunettes who are looking for a complete colour overhaul, rather than blondes who just want to go a few shades lighter,” says Marc Trinder, art team director at Charles Worthington Salons. “Kim seems to have inspired a newfound colour confidence in many women.” But despite regular root touch-ups (all captured on Instagram, of course), Kim reverted back to her usual ebony shade within three weeks. Does that mean such high-maintenance hair is unsustainable, even for a millionaire who has her own ‘glam squad’ on hand? “The lightening process from very dark to very light blonde is heavy and strenuous on the hair,” warns Claire Bonney, senior technician at Radio Hair Salon. “It involves bleaching the hair, pushing it as light as it will go, possibly a double application, and of course, a much-needed toner to knock out any brassy tones.”

MYA Y2 20 01 15 5 6142 0 MA

you want to end up with orange locks. “The red pigment is really hard to lift,” says Nice’n Easy UK colour advisor Jonathan Long, but medium to dark brown hair can be lightened: “I would always recommend shifting a shade within one to three shades of your current hair colour.” If you are tempted by the DIY route, then the greasier your hair is, the better, as the oils will help protect your scalp. Follow with a toner to avoid a brassy finish: “Lightened hair tends to pick up pollutants that can make the hair appear yellow in colour. In order to neutralise these tones, I would recommend using LIVE Toner Mousse Icy Platinum M01,” advises Sian Hickson, Schwarzkopf Brand Manager. Aftercare is crucial too. “Use shampoos and conditioners specifically for either colour-treated hair or dry and damaged hair, and use a treatment once or twice a week,” says Hickson. “Towel dry the hair before applying conditioner, as this will ensure that the conditioner penetrates further into the hair, and avoid using excessive heat on the hair, be it straighteners, wands or tongs.”

Diy Dye BUys:

• Schwarzkopf LIVE Color XXL HD 00A Absolute Platinum Permanent Hair Dye, £5.49 (Boots.com) • Schwarzkopf Live Color XXl Toner Mousse Icy Platinum M01, £4.99 (www.tesco.com) • Blonde Sexy Hair Sulphate Free Bright Blonde Violet Shampoo, £9.95 (BeautyBay.com) • Fudge Clean Blonde Violet Toning Shampoo and Conditioner, from £10.75 each (Fudge salons and BeautyBay.com)

buy IT Now

TOP 5 BEAUTY BUYS

Get the

look

1 2

• Fudge One Shot Treatment Spray, £8.75 (BeautyBay.com) • Charles Worthington Colour Enhancer Heat & UV Protecting Cream, £5.99(Boots.com) • Clairol Nice’N Easy ColourSeal Gloss Brilliant Blonde, 99p (Superdrug.com)

FUdgE 1 SHOT TrEATmENT SprAY, BEAUTYBAY.cOm

tiMe to go Pro?

So your natural hair hue is too dark for at-home application, but what next? There’s still a lot to consider before you book in for your big blonde makeover. “This is a huge job and will need the eye and attention of a colour specialist. Getting an even result on previously coloured hair can be difficult, depending on the history of the hair,” says Claire Bonney. It’s not cheap, either. “I would say between £200 and £300 for the initial application, and £120 and £170 for the root application, depending on the salon - some high-end salons will be more expensive than this,” Tracy Hayes estimates, and you’re looking at touch-ups every six to eight weeks. Looking after your locks post-peroxide is even more important when it’s a pro job. “The process is chemically drying on the hair, so using professional products at home is imperative, as you must feed the hair the protein and moisture it needs. Regular haircuts are important too,” Bonney advises. With that level of upkeep, no wonder Kim didn’t keep her new colour for long. But that’s not to say you can’t realise your own blonde ambition, Hayes says, “as long as you are prepared to spend the time and money to keep it looking good.”

BLONdE SExY HAIr BrIgHT BLONdE VIOLET SHAmpOO, BEAUTYBAY.cOm

cLAIrOL NIcE’N EASY cOLOUrSEAL gLOSS BrILLIANT BLONdE, SUpErdrUg

3 4 5 L’OrEAL cArESSE LIpSTIck FLIrTY VIOLET, FrAgrANcE dIrEcT.

cHArLES WOrTHINgTON cOLOUr ENHANcEr HEAT ANd UV prOTEcTINg crEAm, BOOTS

All product images courtesy of PA Photo/Handout

Her nail hardeners are second to none, and now Sally Hansen has a shining new star in her talon-tastic line-up. Infused with real gold flecks, the 18K Gold Hardener, £7.95 from Tesco stores, instantly strengthens nails and locks in moisture - perfect if multiple gel manicures have left your talons thin and fragile.

TRIED AND TESTED KAte WHiting

“C

goes loopy for a new three-step curl-defining treatment.

urly hair is a real mixed blessing. Those who don’t have it, want it, and those who do, hate it. Growing up with curls was a nightmare - until I discovered products to tame them, but eventually my hair stopped responding to them, so I’m always on a mission to find ‘the one’ miracle product to fight the frizz. Could Boucleme be the answer? “Founded by Michele Scott-Lynch - who once constantly straightened her unruly hair, until she found the confidence to ‘go curly’ at 30 - the threestage range is paraben and sulphate-free and uses only natural ingredients, such as coconut and argan oil, to help moisturise hair. The cleanser is not meant

to lather up, and the silky conditioner is designed to be left in on thicker hair. The final product is a gel, which initially dries crisp, but when you gently scrunch your hair, it softens into beautifully defined curls. This is the curly revolution!”

5/5

The final product is a gel, which initially dries crisp, but when you gently scrunch your hair, it softens into beautifully defined curls Boucleme Curl Cleanser, £15; Curl Conditioner, £17; and Curl Defining Gel, £15 (www. boucleme.co.uk)

MM AY 15 A2Y0 1250 1152 6

HEALTH & BEAUTY

Hamstring Strains

BY DR RALPH ROGERS MD PHD MBA, MEDICAL DIRECTOR, THE LONDON SPORTS INJURY CLINIC, 108 HARLEY STREET

amstring injuries are a common injury in sports especially if participating in activities that require sprinting, such as track, basketball and football. Usually referred to simply as the hamstring, it is the group of three muscles and bordering tendons at the back of the thigh and knee: the semitendionsus, semimembranosus, and biceps femoris. Its function is to bend the knee and move the thigh backwards from the hip. Injury occurs when this group is forcibly stretched beyond its limits and the muscle tissue tears. There are three degrees of strains, depending upon the severity of the injury. Grade 1 First-degree hamstring strains are simply a few damaged muscle fibres, within the muscle group. There may be some swelling or discomfort, but usually this will not effect the ability to walk normally. Grade 2 Second-degree strains involve damage to a number of extensive muscle fibres, usually requiring the attention of a dedicated sports-medicine physician. There may be pain, noticeable swelling, or a limp. It would be difficult to fully straighten the knee and trying to flex the knee again resistance causes pain. Grade 3 Third-degree strains involve a complete rupture of muscle fibres. There would certainly be severe pain and very immediate and noticeable swelling. It would be difficult to weight bear without the help of crutches as well. Luckily, this is rare but is often serious enough to require surgery. The hamstrings work in a very specific way during sprinting. Whilst in mid stride, the hamstring lengthens, usually while under load from the body weight and shifting forces of the motion impact. It works to pull back the tibia, or the shin, after it kicks forward when the leg is stretched out to full stride. In addition, the hamstring is responsible for eccentric deceleration and sudden changing of directions, both of which incur a lot of stress. A strain can occur in these circumstances when the weight and forces carried in the body and muscles, is changed in orientation or by sudden changes in direction. This is when the muscle is challenged whilst already under a full load, or is working beyond its capacity and overstriding occurs. The damage often occurs when the muscle is fully stretched out, just before it contracts to bend the knee.

When the injury happens it will often be sudden, with the athlete immediately feeling the pain of the trauma. In the case of second-degree and third-degree muscle strains, swelling and tightening of the local area surrounding the site of the injury will follow. With first-degree injuries swelling will usually occur within the first few hours with only the sign of minor bruising to the limb, with increased swelling to come later. The athlete will also notice an immediate lose of strength in the limb, with weakness persisting for several weeks, depending on the severity of the injury. This can continue for longer, especially if the hamstring strain is a third-degree where the muscle tissue has been complete torn and compromised. Treatment and Rehabilitation Most of the time, specifically if the hamstring strain is first-degree, the body will respond well to R.I.C.E: Rest, Ice, Compression and Elevation. With these minor injuries the healing process is quick and doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t require any specific program to aid with the rehabilitation back into sport. Although, players who do suffer from first-degree muscle strain should be advised to examine the reasons why they have become injured in this manner to prevent further injury. 1 2 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

Regardless of the severity of the hamstring injury, the treatment is always the same. The limb should be rested in an elevated position with a padded ice pack for at least 20 minutes every 2 hours. This may not be practical in every application, but it is an important part of the healing process which, if ignored, will extend the healing time. A compression bandage or thigh support can help with the immediate local pain of, if available. This can also reduce the swelling and, when used with ice packs, is highly effective at minimizing pain and helping the athlete regain their normal mobility. The patient must also be encouraged to rest. While this may be difficult for the competitive athlete, if not rested the injury can become much worse. A firstdegree injury, if left unattended or allowed to be used in sports, can quickly become a second-degree strain. Similarly a second-degree can quickly become a thirddegree injury. When examining a patient who has suffered from any muscle strain it is crucial to establish a clear diagnosis of the type of injury suffered. Reviewing past medical notes is important to get an indication of past injuries, specifically previous back and thigh problems, as well as any possibly related underlying medical conditions. MRI scans should be requested, this can confirm the amount of damage to the muscle and if there is an avulsion of the tendon, (where the injured tendon has pulled away small pieces of bone). Rehabilitation should include resistance exercises and stretching as they gently help to align the scar tissue that forms during the healing process. This alignment of the scar tissue along the stress lines of the muscle allows the strength of the hamstring to be retained. If aligned against the muscle fibres, it will become weakened and the possibility of re-injury is increased. The resistance training has the added advantage of allowing the player to remain at a competitive level of fitness. As the rehabilitation continues and the patient continues to make progress, the repetitions of the stretches are increased and core-strengthening exercises are introduced. The severity of the injury will dictate the length of recovery and rehabilitation time. Someone with a firstdegree injury may be able to return to a lower level of activity such as jogging within 7 to 9 days and sprinting within 3 weeks. With a third-degree injury the return to this reduced level can take upwards of 3 months. It is important when return to sport to ensure the athlete is able to compete effectively and without a risk of repeated injury. It is important that a Physician who specializes in Sports Medicine review the rehabilitation process to confirm the appropriate measures are taken. If this recovery process is not adhered to, the return to sport can be delayed or the athlete may be unable to compete on the same level as before. The London Sports Injury Clinic 108 Harley Street, London W1G 7ET Tel 0207 563 1234 info@108harleystreet.co.uk www.108harleystreet.co.uk

T hE Lon d on SPo RTS In J U RY C LInIC

Back pain?

Expert assessment, enhanced recovery Hamstring assessment also available MEDICAL CHAMBERS 108 HARLEY STREET LONDON WIG 7ET

Professional, thorough evaluation and diagnosis Tel 020 7563 1234 Email info@108harleystreet.co.uk Web www.108harleystreet.co.uk

The Home of

HEALTH & BEAUTY

THE LABORATORY Winner of the UK Health club of the Year Award in 2012 & again in 2014!

uxury, style, space and elegance create the perfect environment to escape the many pressures of a hectic London life. Relaxation is essential to both the body and mind and the Laboratory Spa and Health Club provides a gateway to undisputed tranquillity. The Laboratory boasts an effortless and peaceful ambience in drawing you in and leaving you wanting more. Winner of the UK Health Club of the Year award 2012/13 (National Fitness Awards) and Voted Best Private Health Club and Spa in London by Time Out; ‘the Club exudes an air of sophistication that strikes you the minute you walk through the feng-shui lobby. The Lab offers a unique atmosphere rarely enjoyed in other clubs’. Innovative, motivational and led by some of the UK’s finest and most-respected fitness professionals, the Lab offers an unrivalled and envied timetable of group exercise classes to cater for every age, interest, and schedule. Schwinn cycling, BodyPump, salsa, aquatics, yoga, pilates, qi gong and so much more! Regular courses are also held, from meditation to Zumba and hula hooping workouts, pole-dancing and motivational talks. The Juice Bar is the ideal place to enjoy fresh and healthy snacks, and catch up with other members of the Club. Freshly made juices, home-made light meals and refreshments made from the highest quality ingredients make for a scrumptious menu. In each Club there is a spectacular 25 metre swimming pool. These beautiful award winning pools are cleansed with the latest UV light technology, ensuring the highest possible standards of hygiene with minimal levels of chlorine. This enables members to bathe in comfort in the finest water possible. Whether it’s a few gentle lengths

before a steam or serious lane swimming as part of your cardio-vascular workout, it’s heaven for anyone who enjoys a swim.Each pool area incorporates twin spa baths, a wonderful relaxation area, marble steam rooms and Scandinavian saunas to help completely unwind. The newly-refurbished treatment rooms are the perfect backdrop for the exceptional team of highly-qualified spa therapists and holistic therapists to deliver a broad range of exceptional treatments including facials, massage, body care therapies , hot stone and reflexology, to name but a few. The Laboratory Spa & Health Clubs are one of the few remaining independent, privately owned Clubs in London. The original flag-ship site opened in 1995 with the impressive backdrop of Alexandra Palace in Muswell Hill. The Club is surrounded by its own luscious and secluded gardens where you can sun-bathe or chill out in private. At The Laboratory, unlike most other clubs, there is no annual contract. Vas Hava, Director says “Our members stay with us because they value what we offer and love what we do. We provide an oasis of calm in a busy life. We aim to help you achieve your goals and increase your individual wellbeing. At the Lab you will be transported to a world of serenity, where muscle tension and the mind›s concerns simply melt away allowing you to emerge refreshed, balanced and energised.” Lab members have full use of all facilities. Non members are welcome to use our Day Spa. THE DETAILS For further information contact us on: 020 8457 3300 (Mill Hill) or 020 8482 3000 (Muswell Hill) Mill Hill: 1a Hall Lane, NW4 4TJ Muswell Hill: The Avenue N10 2QE www.labspa.co.uk

The Lab’s philosophy is to not just treat the body on its own, but the mind and soul as well. The Day Spa at The Lab is a haven of peace and calm that provides a chance to escape the stresses of daily life. 1 2 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

THE LABORATORY SPA & HEALTH CLUB

MUSWELL HILL THE AVENUE N10 2QE CALL 020 8482 3000

DAY O T L C AL N OR I O J TO TOUR A K O BO

MILL HILL HALL LANE NW4 4TJ CALL 020 8457 3300

ed Limitility b availi

For a better version of you.

HEALTH & BEAUTY

Meet Team London WORDS BY MELANIE PICKARD

ith their new branch open just off of Regents Street as well as a busy location on Kensington High Street Hidden Hearing have a strong team of highly qualified hearing aid dispensers in London and they are equipped with the very best in hearing testing technology.

Mickey Brown

Yejide Alakiu

John Rowlands

Based at the Kensington branch

Based at the Maddox Street branch Based at the Maddox Street branch

Mickey has been a qualified hearing aid dispenser for over 28 years and has a wealth of knowledge on all things hearing. “When I demonstrate hearing devices allowing the customer to hear more clearly after a long period of hearing loss, the response is fantastic, you get an instant smile and their eyes just light up! In his own time.” Mickey is a keen musician & loves to play the guitar.

Yejide has been qualified as a hearing aid dispenser since 2012 and was previously based in the busy location of Baker Street but recently joined the Hidden Hearing team on Kensington High Street and has settled in well.When she is not helping people with their hearing you will find Yejide spending time with her 1yr old daughter or hitting the shops for the latest fashion trends.

John has recently rejoined Hidden Hearing but has come from a background of over 10 years in hearing aid dispensing. Away from the subject of hearing health John has an unusual talent, he is a martial arts third dan black belt aikido instructor.

WHAT KEY PIECE OF ADVICE WOULD YOU GIVE TO ANYONE ABOUT THEIR HEARING? HL To attend annual hearing assessments to track and monitor their hearing levels and health of their ears. If a hearing loss is found, the fitting of suitable hearing aids can help slow down the deterioration of hearing levels, so it is wise to have a hearing test as soon as hearing difficulties are experienced. TELL US ABOUT TODAY’S HEARING TEST TECHNOLOGY AVAILABLE AT HIDDEN HEARING TODAY MB We have high end technology available at our branches, this includes things such as Speech Mapping Verification using a tool that ensures optimal representation of sound through a hearing aid JR Not only do we have state of the art hearing testing 1 2 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

So who are the people behind Hidden Hearing’s London team? With a combined total of over 53 years experience in hearing aid dispensing, we took a few minutes out of their busy schedules to get to know them a bit better and to find out just what makes Hidden Hearing stand out from the crowd.

Hannah Leech Hannah has worked at the new Maddox Street branch since it opened in January this year but qualified in 2013. Hannah is also trained in microsuction, which is the very latest in safe wax removal from the ear canal. One interesting fact about Hannah is that she is a qualified yoga instructor.

facilities but also video otoscopy, which enables us to take pictures of the ear canal. WHAT DOES THE LATEST TECHNOLOGY INSIDE HEARING AIDS MEAN FOR CUSTOMERS? JR It means that every day living can be enjoyed whether in noisy environments, in a theatre, or even in a church where a loop system is available YA The technology available means better hearing, better lifestyle, enjoying life to the full and feeling safe. THE DETAILS For a FREE HEARING HEALTH check call in now at 33 Maddox Street, W1S2PB telephone 020 7046 6066 248-250 Kensington High Street, W86ND 020 7348 9810 Further information can also be found at www.hiddenhearing.co.uk

Is Your Back Pain Getting You Down? • Consultation with a Spine Specialist • Upright positional MRI scan • Referral for appropriate treatment For more information or to book your appointment:

Call: 020 7370 6003 E-mail: bookings@mri-london.com www.mri-london.com

One

Stop Sam e Da y Diag nosi s

Medserena Upright MRI Centre 114a Cromwell Road, Kensington, London, SW7 4ES

A FLAT STOMACH & TIGHTER SKIN ARE JUST A FEW SESSIONS AWAY WITH TARGETED FIGURE SHAPING BY HYPOXI®... We know how tough it is for new Mums to shift the ‘baby weight’ from certain areas and how loose skin and excess fat can become your worst enemy. When gym sessions and diets don’t provide the desired result do not be discouraged, because the HYPOXI© Method is here to fulfil the long-awaited request for a more svelte silhouette, leaner thighs and tighter tums! The formula for fast, effective results is simple: moderate fat burning training coupled with targeted circulatory activation with the HYPOXI© Systems. Significant inch-loss results in as little as 3 WEEKS has been recorded at our HYPOXI© Knightsbridge studio for you to see for yourself.

Psst... It’s not just new Mums we are helping drop a dress size, HYPOXI©’s combined non-invasive vacuum technology is designing beautiful bodies for brides-to-be and ensuring bikini confidence for those holiday goers in need.

CALL NOW TO BOOK YOUR COMPLIMENTARY FULL BODY ANALYSIS CONSULTATION EXCLUSIVE TO LONDON LIFE MAGAZINES’ READERS. PLUS! RECEIVE ONE COMPLIMENTARY FIRST SESSION WHEN YOU BOOK A COURSE OF 12 SESSIONS ON THE DAY OF YOUR CONSULTATION. M:

07833 744 401

info@hypoxiknightsbridge.co.uk

www.hypoxiknightsbridge.co.uk

HEALTH & BEAUTY

Dive in

Opening 1st May 2015

to Tooting Bec Lido this summer

ith a main pool measuring 91.5 metres and filled with a million gallons of cold water. The lido serves as a ‘beach within the city’ where young and old can relax, swim, sunbathe and have fun. Along with the impressive main pool, the lido boasts a children’s paddling pool, outdoor sunbathing and picnic area as well as a café serving hot and cold snacks. It was opened on July 28 1906 and is the earliest purpose-built open air pool in London. It is also one of the largest open air pools in Europe (300ft x 100ft). The interior of the lido has maintained its period features such as alternating bright red, yellow, and green doors to the changing cubicles which give it vintage charm. This architecture and the backdrop of the vast turquoise water have made the lido a popular location for advertisement shoots and films. The pop band All Saints and actor Brad Pitt are just a few of the famous faces that have graced the Lido.

Due to the unique nature of the lido it is also host to some great events during the year. These include the open water swimming championships, charity swimathons and open air cinema screenings. The lido is home to the South London Swimming Club during the winter season, and then from May through to September the pool opens for the public to enjoy. This year due to great weather they have decided to open their doors early, the public will be welcome to swim, sunbathe and enjoy this great city retreat from 1st May! The facility which is run by Places for People Leisure also offers great summer membership options for adults and families. THE DETAILS

For further information on opening times and prices, visit www.tootingbeclido.co.uk.

Nestling amongst the beautiful surroundings of Tooting Common, Tooting Bec Lido is the UK’s largest open-air pool. 1 2 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

HOUSE &

GARDEN

NATURAL STONE STEPS HOW’S YOUR STREET VIEW? - PAGE 134

HOUSE & GARDEN

CONTEMPORARY KITCHEN

DESIGN TIPS

ne trend that is particularly sought-after is a contemporary kitchen design. The first thing that separates a contemporary kitchen from other styles is its clean lines and minimalist feel. Although some people equate contemporary with cold, it does not have to be so. “Cool” materials such as glass and steel used in a contemporary kitchen design can be “warmed” up by the strategic use of accessories or colour. Six major components that make up a contemporary kitchen are:

MARBLE/GRANITE Marble and granite are usually used for countertops but fit well within contemporary kitchen design. They are both cool to the touch, allow for sharp clean lines and depending on the colour and design chosen really impart a big city feel to your kitchen.

COLOUR As part of the minimalist design ethic of a contemporary kitchen, “cool” colours are usually used. “Cool” GLASS colours are those that come to mind; blues, greens, grey, silver and even black and Glass is an important feature of Contact a minimalist design. Glass can be white. Using these colours in your kitchen incorporated into contemporary kitchen invokes a modern feel. luxury kitchen design through windows, lighting, When putting these elements together, designer who specialises shelving or toppers for an island. four other design points to consider are: Cabinetry can also have glass doors backsplash, cabinetry design, appliances in bespoke kitchens and which provide a visual of the inside. and accessories.When it comes to they will lead you to the backsplash, most contemporary kitchens METAL use either tile or metal; your personal contemporary kitchen The most popular type of metal used preference will decide. As far as cabinets of your dreams! in the design of a contemporary kitchen are concerned, some designs don’t require is stainless steel. It is most often used in pulls to open, while others use metal hardware. appliances such as refrigerators, ovens and Having a built in design also provides great dishwashers. The use of stainless steel gives an urban storage (because clutter does not fit into contemporary feel to a kitchen. design at all). Appliances are an easy way to impart some contemporary style into your kitchen. As I mentioned earlier, LIGHTING many refrigerators, freezers, ovens and the like come in stainless When designing a contemporary kitchen, lighting is key. steel. If you don’t really like the look of metal, all black or all Many contemporary designs incorporate recessed lighting into white appliances also project a contemporary feel. ceilings and underneath cabinets. If however, you don’t’ like The last component of contemporary kitchen design is recessed lighting, track lighting or fixtures made of metal or that of accessories. Accessories are another way to easily glass can also impart a contemporary feel. modernise your kitchen, with a minimalist design.

Upon moving into a new home, many people want to redesign their kitchen. For many people the kitchen is the centre of the home. It is the place where we create our culinary masterpieces, and gather with friends and family. 1 3 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

HOUSE & GARDEN

How’s your street view? NEW TECHNOLOGY

BOOST FOR LOCAL STONE STEPS COMPANY

espite the tough financial times the sales line for one small traditional company in London has continued to buzz, why? – Because of Google Street View. Google Street view is a remarkable new application on the Internet where people can now walk down a street and take a look around from their PC or even mobile phone.Which means of course, that the appearance of our homes as viewed from the road, has never been more important. “And that’s where we come in.” said managing director,Trevor Alexander.“Attractive steps can transform the first impressions someone has of your house – especially in London where steps are such a prominent feature.We create beautiful steps and paving using only top quality York stone or Portland stone, the two best looking and most famous natural materials for walking on.What is more, these traditional materials have stood the test of time because they have good grip even when wet, are extremely hard wearing, but above all, they both look fantastic! When a potential client phones us now we can now simply invite them to take a walk on Google Street View and look at the steps in their neighbourhood.As we’ve

1 3 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

installed hundreds of steps in South Kensington and Chelsea the chances are - the ones they like - are ours!” First impressions do count, especially when you are trying to sell your home or impress your friends.We asked one of Trevor’s clients what they thought,“I hadn’t really appreciated what a difference to the look of the whole house the steps would make. It was only when I found the Natural Stone Steps Company website on Google, and saw the ‘before and after’ photographs that I realised.Visitors now comment on the nice appearance of the house, which we never received before – even though we’ve only changed the steps! I’m glad I Googled.Thanks Trevor!” A set of stone steps are normally installed in one or two days but will last a lifetime and if they are visible from the road then they are visible by the whole world! It may just be worth going on Google Street view to take a look (www. google.co.uk/help/maps/streetview/), and if improvements are needed, ring Trevor at the Natural Stone Company! THE DETAILS For more information contact Trevor Alexander on 01483 211311 email trevor@naturalstonesteps.co.uk or visit the website at www.naturalstonecompany.co.uk

Life Magazines - Half Page (130 x 190mm) 042415.indd 1

Most thorough oven clean  you’ve seen or it’s free! It’s official, cleaning your oven has been voted the most hated household chore. Leading research has shown that the most hated domestic job was cleaning the oven. 60% of people said they would rather clean the toilet. A dirty oven can give off smokey fumes and affect the taste of your food. Along with the build up of grease and fat, it could also make your oven a potential fire hazard. For most of us, life is simply too precious to spend our weekends with the head in the oven using noxious chemicals. PROFESSIONALS

What’s more you don’t need to, as there are professional oven cleaning companies who will come to you and make your oven sparkle inside and out. Oven Sheen is your local family run specialist oven cleaning company that loves to do the chore you hate. All our fully trained

Doing the job you hate!

staff are DBS checked and fully insured. We are proud members of Checkatrade with over 960 independent reviews. GUARANTEE

Using only safe biodegradable products in your home and with our specialist cleaning system, Oven Sheen guarantees you the most thorough oven clean you’ve ever seen, or it’s FREE!

For your FREE quote, call Sam today: 020 8670 4946

www.ovensheen.com www.agacleaningcompany.co.uk

24/04/2015 10:47

BEAUTIFUL HOMES & INTERIORS Residential interiors are a specialist area of interior design requiring innovation and a bespoke service to achieve the definitive criteria of private clients. Barton Interiors have a portfolio of exclusive

projects for many distinguished clients where the specific attention to design style detail and a demanding high quality of workmanship has been paramount. From major renovation works to property

decoration and maintenance we have all the required craft skills and technical background to undertake projects large or small with total professional competence and integrity.

Unit B1 Phoenix Industrial Estate, Rosslyn Crescent, Harrow Middlesex HA1 2SP

Telephone 0208 424 2432 | www.bartoninteriors.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

The Cinema Effect T

he best way to enjoy a feature film is in a cinema, but that doesn’t mean you have to leave the house. Having a dedicated cinema room is the ideal scenario for many movie fans, whilst increasing the value and demand of your property, and of course major status and assets for you, the homeowner. How you go about achieving this depends on the space you have available, and how much you are willing to invest. If you are really serious about getting a home cinema, it can be a good idea to seek out a specialist company. Acoustics, surround sound systems, matching the screen’s size to the size of the room, home cinema seating and lighting are all areas that need specific attention. Here is our guide to creating your own home cinema. ROOM CHOICE Ideally you want your home cinema installation to be in a room that is isolated from the rest of the activity in the house. Soundproofing is important of course, and it can also help to choose a room that does not need to be used for any other purpose, and is not a through-way to somewhere else. For these reasons a house extension, loft or basement conversion can be the perfect home cinema choice. TYPE OF SCREEN Your screen size needs to be in proportion with the size of the room. This is very important, as many people make the mistake of simply going for the largest screen available on the assumption that this alone will provide the perfect cinema look and feel. Most people choose not to sit on the front row at the cinema; because it can be uncomfortable looking at too large a screen for a long time. There is also an optimum distance between a projected image and the human eye for those grainy pixels to not be visible. For the real cinema experience, a flat screen with a projector is unbeatable. Most dedicated film fans agree that plasma TVs provide a more cinematic viewing experience than LCD, which is backlit and so performs better in rooms that have plenty of natural light. HOME CINEMA SYSTEMS The potential and sophistication of home entertainment

1 3 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

systems is almost limitless. Whether you are looking for a HD projector or a wireless home cinema that also includes a centralised hi-fi system, this is an area that is worth investigating in detail, particularly if you have the funds to really go to town. The Custom Electronic Design and Installation Association is an ideal first port of call for information and advice. Their membership includes thousands of installers and designers of home entertainment systems, who can advise you on the best options for your requirements. SURROUND SOUND SPEAKERS When it comes to home entertainment, the image isn’t everything; sound plays just as much an important role. Subwoofers, sound bars and speakers arranged perfectly so as to get the very best from the room’s acoustics are all part of the audio element. Again, when it comes to acoustics, a professional’s advice can make all the difference. CINEMA ROOM SEATING If you really want the authentic cinema experience, then some rows of tiered movie seats is certainly one way to go. Add popcorn holders in the armrests and the look is complete. If you want something even more relaxing, however, there are plenty of options available. Luxury furniture that is both comfortable and stylish, with built-in storage, drinks holders and iPod speakers is perfectly tailored to suit the movie-watching experience. LIGHTING If your room is really going to have that authentic cinema ambience, it is essential that the lighting is right. Make sure the room you use has either no windows, or windows that can be completely blacked out, and think carefully about how much light the room will need. Dimmer switches, floor lights and sidelights are all part of the mix in creating that night at the movies. If you really want to make it as realistic as possible, you might also consider curtains that can be drawn back from the screen. Ideally, these and the lighting will be adjustable via remote control.

TREEHOUSE HARDWOOD FLOORING

QUALITY ENVIRONMENT FOR QUALITY OF LIFE Specialists in high quality solid and sustainable hardwood flooring We carry a huge range of woods from around the world, displayed at our Notting Hill showroom in large sample boards to assist clients, designers and architects, in planning interiors. Board and strip flooring wood block and decking, bespoke floor production. Other services, special project installation, wall panelling, staircases, doors, worktops, cabinetry, natural stone & many other interior related products. Exceptional value, experienced craftsmen, quality installation.

Showroom : 116 Talbot Rd, Notting Hill, London, W11 1JR E-mail sales@treehouseflooring.co.uk Tel: 020 7460 0376 www.treehouseflooring.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

Super-Natural

e asked Mitzi Ross - Director at Bibliotheque Tiles, North London, who has over 16 years of experience in the industry to answer a few questions as to why using Porcelain tiles in your home is such an advantage.

THE PORCELAIN TILE REVOLUTION

What makes Porcelain an Ideal material for your home?

Selecting the right tiles can be a challenge at the best of times. Depending on your desired style and needs, you may find your choices limited. The new Italian Superior Porcelain Tile ranges from Bibliotheque, may just solve your problems.

Porcelain as a product is 4 times stronger than granite, non porous and very low maintenance. It is ideal for high traffic areas such as hallways and living spaces and wet areas such as bathrooms, both floor and walls and kitchens. Porcelain is suitable for underfloor heating and easy to keep clean if you have children or pets.

What kinds of tiles are available? At Bibliotheque we specialise in fabricated Marble, Stone, Concrete look, Porcelain tiles as well as Wood Plank tiles and Mosaics. The advancement in technology means that the look and feel of the natural product is accurately created in the appearance of the tile but when you combined that with the superior features of porcelain you create an exceptional product. Porcelain tiles come in various sizes depending on the range and can come in Matt, Semi-Polished, Polished and Anti-Slip finishes. Different sized tiles work well in different sized areas. We help our clients to visualise and select the right tiles for their space and needs.

Is the quality of the porcelain important? The quality of porcelain is very important. The Italian manufacturers Bibliotheque work with only use the highest grade materials, with the most Eco-friendly processes. The tiles are designed to last for many years if fitted correctly.

Can porcelain be used outside? Porcelain tiles have slip ratings and the higher rating tiles can be used outside and are frost proof, often they are used in conjunction with the indoor tile to create a seamless flow from inside to outside.

For more information please call 020 8364 2085 or visit www.bibliotheque.co.uk to view the full range and showroom details.

1 4 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

VXSSOLHUV#RI #P DQ#P DGH#VWRQH#) #Z RRG/ SRUF HODLQ#WLOHV#) #HF R#J ODVV#P RVDLF V

Indefinable quality For expert advice and installation of all Schueco systems: 9 9 9 9

Bi-Fold Doors Sliding Doors Conservatories Winter Gardens

9 9 9 9

Curtain-walling Structural Glazing Windows Glass Sky Lights

BI-FOLD DOOR

FACTORY

0844 358 2227 info@bifolddoorfactory.co.uk www.bifolddoorfactory.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

Old Sheffield Plate T

he story goes that by sheer mishap in the mid1750’s one Thomas Bolsover, a Sheffield cutler and button maker, fused together a piece of silver and copper and thereby invented a material that would change the production of household utensils for ever. Previously, enriching items made of copper was done by applying a thin sheet of silver - it can be beaten to a thickness of 1000th of an inch - to an already formed object with heat and solder. Bolsover had discovered that a layer of silver and a layer of copper could be rolled, beaten and pressed to any design as both metals expanded at the same rate thus giving silversmiths and metalworkers a malleable material all ready to use to meet the ever increasing demand for fashionably shaped tea sets, coffee pots, candlesticks and beer mugs far less expensively, due to the lower production cost. For any item used for food and drink an additional layer of silver could be applied on the inside or the surface could be ‘tinned’ in the same way as a copper saucepan. The great age of ‘Old Sheffield Plate’ lasted from the 1770’s until the early 1830’s when it was superseded by the introduction of electro plate.

1 4 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

This relatively short period has created a wide circle of discerning collectors, well aware that great care must be taken not to confuse the later electro plate with the real thing for well into the 19th century the latter reproduced the former. There is one distinctive feature which will always be the give-away. A piece of Old Sheffield Plate was made in the same way as a piece of silver, that is by beating, turning and raising. When formed the final rim or edge could fray. To alleviate this it was cut at an angle and the outer or upper layer was rolled over and sealed inside or underneath. This was no longer necessary with electro plate and so the ‘roll-over edge’ is an unmistakable guide to the authenticity of a piece of ‘Old Sheffield’. Curiously the best known and most prestigious pieces are not by Bolsover, nor even made in Sheffield, but by the engineer, entrepreneur and brilliant craftsman Matthew Boulton in his Soho works in Birmingham. Nevertheless even his product will always be known as Sheffield Plate. John Bly, 533 Kings Road, Chelsea john@johnbly.com

The lighting innovation of the year! LUCTRA® is the brand new, award-winning LED lighting system scientiﬁcally proven to enhance wellbeing via state-of-the-art cold white and warm white led’s that closely simulate daylight. For further information visit www.luctra.co.uk. To speak to a LUCTRA® specialist call 01202 893799. To request a brochure email info@luctra.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

MAKE A FEATURE OF IT A feature wall is a great way to experiment with colour and bold pattern and is a simple way to make a room look sophisticated, stylish and chic. A feature wall can add interest, style and energy to your room. As a basic rule, choose a wall that’s as plain as possible, without doors or windows. Interior designer Joanna Wood says it’s important you don’t just think of walls, either. “A chimney breast or alcove both make great features,” she says. And, says Joanna, as you’re going to be drawing attention to your chosen wall, think hard about whether it’s worth showing off. “Does it have beautiful architectural elements or will you be highlighting a piece of furniture that you really love,” she says. Placing your bed against a feature wall makes for an unusual and striking bed head, for example. Paint the wall in a bold colour (strong and sexy shades such as plum and sapphire can work well) or for a more sophisticated and glam touch, cover you wall in a material like velvet or silk. For a subtle effect, choose a complementary shade to

that of the rest of the room; a darker or lighter intensity of the same colour as the other three walls can really work well. If you’re into a bit more drama then pick contrasting colours - those that sit opposite each other on the colour wheel (a warm brown with duck egg blue for example). Don’t just think of paint and wallpaper when creating a feature wall. “You can use a huge variety of materials,” says Joanna. “Materials like suede, silk or wood add texture and interest. And if you have a dark room or corridor, mirrors or metallic reflective wallpapers, which are very on trend right now, are a great choice. They feel opulent and also bounce and reflect light around the space.” Advances in digital printing mean you can now have a huge variety of photographic images blown up to wall size, if you are looking for something different. Or go 3D: a collection of objects can make a striking wall feature. Hang framed photos across an entire wall or make a feature of your album collection. Feature walls are a simple but striking way to update your room. Choose the right wall and be bold with colour and you’ll soon have a room that hits all the right notes.

If you’re thinking about changing your décor, and want something striking, then a feature wall is definitely worth considering. 1 4 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

HOUSE & GARDEN

NAVY BLUE is the rich new shade

ONE MINUTE WE ARE LED TO BELIEVE THAT CREAMS AND GREYS ARE PERFECT FOR A STYLISH HOME; THEN WE’RE TOLD A SPLASH OF COLOUR IS ALL THAT IS NEEDED TO IMPRESS THE NEIGHBOURS, AND NOW IT’S ALL CHANGE AGAIN - BECAUSE THE COLOUR OF THE MOMENT IS NAVY BLUE.

s all these things often do, it began on the catwalk. Fashion editors were wearing navy rather than black at the recent shows. Then the interiors magazines started photographing furniture and accessories against navy instead of grey walls. But it doesn’t end there. Just as copper looks so pretty against a grey backdrop, so the warmer metals - brass and gold - dazzle against an inky blue wall. The luxe look has made a discreet return to interiors. But we’re not talking about those shiny gold taps of the Eighties - this time designers are specifying soft brasses with a natural tarnish. Charlotte Cosby, head of creative at Farrow & Ball, says dark tones are increasingly seen as the new neutrals. “Dark shades make a striking background for fabrics, furnishings and accessories, and recently we have seen the rising popularity of navy shades like rich Stiffkey or the strong Hague Blue, which has a slightly greener undertone. Using either of these will create a dramatic, as well as

1 4 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

contemporary interior,’ she said. Other popular versions of this colour include Dulux Raven Plume and Basalt, a blue/black paint by Little Greene, which changes according to the light. Home interior design trends have always followed fashion but the gap between the two has narrowed significantly in recent years, says Evelina Kravaev Soderberg, head of design at H&M Home, which has just launched its new collection full of inky blues and indigo with several brass accessories included. ‘Take the trend for denim, indigo, ethnic prints and shades of blue, which are being used for both garments and interiors this season.’ Many High Street stores now stock pieces with a brass finish to contrast with blues, from coffee tables to lamps and candlesticks. Taps and other bathroom hardware are expensive, but there are affordable small pieces. Warm metals and cool tones have been trendy for a while, but embracing the blues has never been more fashionable.

BS&C A5 LANDSCAPE ADVERT_FINAL_HI_RES.pdf

02/02/2015

09:49

CMY

Specialist Manufacturers of SPIRAL & STRAIGHT STAIRCASES BALCONIES GATES & RAILINGS Crafted by Hand; Designed for You

CAST IRON BALUSTRADE

www.britishsc.co.uk

British Spirals & Castings Crafted by Hand, Designed for You 305 Archway Road, Highgate, London, N6 5AA T 0208 3415975 E sales@britishsc.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

A touch of

Opulence 2015

saw the back of Eastern-inspired textures and prints, and replaced by rich and warm tones of gold. From light fittings, taps and embellished decorations to furniture and fabrics, the colour gold is making a striking appearance and adding an opulent glow to every room it touches. Bright gold tones with sleek finishes will be a popular theme within bathrooms, especially as you can mix and match the warm tones of rose gold, brass and copper to evoke a warm and inviting design. Make a statement with gold furniture and feature walls, which will lend a new gleam to every inch of your home. Replacing ordinary door handles with opulent gold doorknobs or adding gold lampshades and accessories to existing living spaces is an alternative way to still include design trend if you want to incorporate a golden glow without completely redecorating your home. Dark bronze colour schemes and bright golden tones compliment each other beautifully and help to create a glamorous and opulent interior that is right on trend.

1 4 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

HOUSE & GARDEN

SAMOA GRANITE SINK WITH COVERS

VISION 40 BY ALVEUS UK

Everything

but the kitchen sink

hoosing a stylish sink is just as crucial as the rest of your kitchen. Even if you and your dishwasher are joined at the hip, you’ll still rely on your kitchen sink for soaking your largest baking trays, washing out your most delicate glassware and rinsing your fruit and veg, Although quality sinks can last 15 years or more, they do wear out. Finishes start to dull or chip, and annoying leaks appear mysteriously around the rim and drain. And if you’re planning a kitchen remodel, it makes sense to replace your sink and taps.

CONSIDER THESE FACTORS BEFORE BUYING: 1. Size matters: Most people favour a one-and-a-half or two-bowl setup with a drainer, which lets you wash up and prep food simultaneously. 2. Materials: Make sure you consider the materials before buying... Ceramic is enjoying a renaissance, being a materials with wow factor, but remember it can stain and scratch, so consider buying a sink mat for protection. Synthetic sinks are a better choice as they are more durable, reasonably inexpensive and come in a range of colours.

VILLEROY & BOCH

1 5 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

S tone composites are even more hardwearing, and super-hygienic as they are non-porous. They also give you more choice in terms of colour and texture. Stainless-steel sinks score the most brownie points for practicality, easy maintenance and affordability, but modern designs can look out of place in a traditional setting. 3. Inset or undermounted? As the name suggests, undermounted sinks are fixed to the bottom of the worktop, freeing up more workspace, and giving you a sleek look (but no drainer). They’re a no-no for laminate surfaces, as you won’t be able to seal the edges of the cutout. Inset or drop-in sinks are the easiest to fit, particularly if you have a wood surface - granites, slates and composites will need to be templated for the sink cut-out. The plumbing for a new sink is fairly straightforward there’s not a lot of choice involved. But how and where the sink is attached to the countertop is a decision you’ll need to make before you order your new basin. You will be living with your new sink for a long time, so choose carefully. A well-made sink will last as long as you need it and maintain its good looks as well.

BLANCO MODEX

HOUSE & GARDEN

SILVER WHITE PRE-OILED OAK

WHITE WASH OAK PRE-LACQUERED

OAK CHEVRON

Naturally Beautiful THE NATURAL WOOD FLOOR COMPANY, LONDON’S PREMIER WOOD FLOORING MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS

ood flooring is as popular as ever and it’s easy to see why. Timber is an extremely versatile material with plenty of natural and beautiful attributes, enabling it to suit any architectural style and interior design scheme. With its timeless appeal, wooden flooring can instantly and effortlessly transform a home by adding texture, warmth and style. It is also a practical choice, being easy to maintain, durable and long-lasting. In addition, it doesn’t harbour bugs, so is a great choice for asthma and allergy sufferers. With a showroom in Smugglers Way, Wandsworth, The Natural Wood Floor Company is one of the largest wood flooring manufacturers and suppliers in Europe. Founded 22 years ago, the family run business offers a stunning range of wood flooring, all of which has been expertly designed and crafted to both preserve and enhance the natural beauty of the wood. “Quality and choice are both paramount to the success of The Natural Wood Floor Company” explains company director, Peter Keane.”

As a leading, specialist wood flooring manufacturer, we are passionate about timber, so our skilled craftsmen only use the finest sustainable wood. We also closely monitor each stage of production to ensure that each and every product reaches our high and exacting standards. 1 5 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

“We understand how important choice is” adds Peter, “so invest heavily in the latest cutting-edge technology and manufacturing techniques. This enables our products to both shape and respond to the latest flooring fashions and trends.” The Natural Wood Floor Company’s collection of stunning products reflects both classic, timeless looks and more contemporary, eye-catching designs. The showroom, with free parking, displays the impressive range of over 140 different designs, including; wide boards, on-trend coloured finishes, aged looks and textured surfaces, in both engineered and solid wood. There’s also a fantastic selection of parquet and chevron blocks, in various timbers, plus a full range of flooring accessories and maintenance products, including; skirtings, mouldings, underlay, adhesives and finishing products. The Natural Wood Floor Company’s floors can be seen in many prestigious residential and commercial buildings in London, including; The Tate Modern, Tate Britain, The Natural History Museum, The British Library and Shoreditch House. All of The Natural Wood Floor Company’s products are manufactured from sustainable timer, so are kind to the environment. With most products in stock, deliveries can be made the next working day or are available for immediate collection. THE DETAILS The Natural Wood Floor Company 20 Smugglers Way, Wandsworth, London, SW18 1EG Telephone 020 8871 9771 www.naturalwoodfloor.co.uk

BEAUTIFUL WOODEN

FLOORING FOR

STYLISH

LIVING

Manufacturers of engineered, solid Wood, Pre-finished, Parquet Woodblocks & flooring accessories.

FREE PARKING AT THE LONDON SHOWROOM î&#x201A;&#x160;e natural Wood floor company, 20 smugglers Way Wandsworth london sW18 1eg telephone 020 8871 9771

one of the largest wood f looring manufacturers in europe. over 20,000 sq m of f looring in stock, covering 140 different designs. Plus a wide choice of cleaning and maintenance products.

Visit

www.naturalwoodfloor.co.uk to view the full flooring range

HOUSE & GARDEN

OF MIND PEACE WhenYou’re Away From Home HOLIDAYS ARE MUCH LESS ENJOYABLE IF YOU ARE WORRYING ABOUT WHAT MAY BE HAPPENING AT HOME WHEN YOU ARE AWAY. MIGHT AN INTRUDER HAVE GAINED ACCESS, COULD THERE HAVE BEEN A WATER LEAK, ARE YOUR MUCH-LOVED PETS PINING IN KENNELS?

or 35 years, London homeowners have been able to relax when away by leaving their homes – and pets – in the care of Homesitters Ltd. The company was established in 1980 to provide a nationwide, live-in house and pet sitting service available throughout the year. Homesitters Ltd is not an agency; the 900+ employees are meticulously vetted, personally interviewed and matched to clients’ individual requirements. The sitters are conscientious, mature people with many years experience in running their own homes. They are motivated by job satisfaction and, on assignment, are under the company’s direction. Homesitters Ltd knows that successful house and pet sitting requires scrupulous attention to detail – nothing must be left to chance. A detailed brief is taken on each client’s individual requirements and a Homesitter is selected who matches that brief and will meet the client’s expectations. If the client has a timid cat who needs gentle coaxing, then a single female sitter may be most appropriate; a strong, large dog might be best-suited to an experienced male dog sitter; some clients will feel most comfortable leaving a couple in residence while they are away. Whatever the client’s stipulations, the company will aim to find the ideal match and, most importantly, the client will then have the opportunity to meet the selected Homesitter before the assignment takes place. Over their 35 years in operation, Homesitters’ head office staff have built up a good knowledge of their London market and are adept at finding sitters who are familiar with, and suited to, the particular requirements of the metropolitan environment. The company has employees across the London boroughs as well as Home Counties’ sitters who are easily

1 5 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

accessible to London by public transport or car, whichever is more appropriate. On assignment, the sitters will ensure the security of the property – they are permitted to take only limited absences from the home; they will keep the areas of the home that they use clean and tidy; water houseplants; take telephone messages and deal with callers; carry out grass-cutting and light garden maintenance; and provide regular companionship and care for all pets in accordance with the client’s instructions. Head office staff supervise each homesit and 24 hour telephone support is in operation – a human not a telephoneanswering machine! With 35 years of experience, the staff have a huge reservoir of knowledge and expertise on which to draw should a sitter have a problem and need guidance. In the event of a sitter being taken ill or having a personal emergency which necessitates their leaving an assignment, the company will provide a suitably-qualified replacement very speedily. Homesitters Ltd carries comprehensive insurance including Employer’s Liability, Public Liability and Professional Indemnity cover. Increasingly, insurers are encouraging homeowners to leave their homes in the care of Homesitters. The High Net Worth insurers, particularly, like the company’s significant contribution to risk improvement (particularly with regard to theft and water damage) and some will offer premium reductions for Homesitters’ clients. THE DETAILS For more information call 020 7084 6320 or visit www.homesitters.co.uk

loop3 is passionate about creating beautiful, detailed interiors. Committed to managing every aspect of your residential project, from sensitive design to specialist artisans and construction expertise, loop3 turns concepts into reality. Design Centre Studios Chelsea Harbour SW10 0BD 020 7376 5300 | www.loop3.co.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

Taking a Step Up Despite being a major traffic thoroughfare, when it comes to design and decoration, staircases are one of the most frequently overlooked areas of a home.

rom spirals to spindles, glass to granite, there’s plenty of scope for making a statement, but homeowners looking to transform their space are often unaware of the possibilities. The key is to understand your options and the impact building regulations may have. First and foremost, stairs need to fulfil their primary function of getting you from one level to the next, once this need is fulfilled, you can really go to town on the aesthetics and create something that gives a really great first impression. In terms of renovation, replacing a staircase is akin to knocking down a structural wall. But if your stairs are badly positioned, oppressive, or hinder light flow through the house, then it’s worth considering, as a new flight can make all the difference. Always consult an architect or a specialist company, as it’s critical that a new staircase fits in both proportionally and stylistically. Remember, also, that plans must comply with building regulations, specifically the Approved Document K or Protection, Falling and Impact, and in particular section K1, which deals with stairs, ladders and ramps. You can download it free from staircases.org/regulations.htm. STRAIGHT STAIRS Straight doesn’t have to equal dull, and it’s possible to modernise less than lovely stairs with cladding, such as timber, tiles or stone. Many modern homes have stairs built in concrete, which is ideal for resurfacing. If you’re updating a less sturdy staircase, make sure it’s sound by cladding it with marine plywood before affixing any sort of tiles, otherwise they may crack. You can re-clad a staircase in oak for about £500-£1,000, depending on the balustrade you choose. This is a much more accessible solution if you would rather not embark on big structural changes, or are limited by space. SPIRAL AND HELICAL STAIRCASES Spiral staircases wind around a central pole and have a

1 5 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

handrail on the outer side only. Helical stairs do not have a central pole and there is a handrail on both sides. If a spiral staircase is being used to access a single room, it must be at least 1500mm in diameter. But if the spiral goes up to more than one room, it is classed as a main staircase and needs to be at least 1900mm. Bear in mind that the opening in which your spiral fits needs to be 100mm wider than the spiral itself. A bespoke spiral would start at £3,000. It can be difficult to get furniture up and down, so move large items in before you install the stairs. CARPETED STAIRS If you prefer carpet to bare wood or glass, make sure you buy one that’s suitable for stairs. It’s imperative you choose a quality, hard-wearing carpet – 80% wool to 20% nylon. Avoid loop-pile carpets as they “grin” (open up when bent) and are more slippery. Use a good underlay over both tread and riser and fit the carpet so the pile runs down the stairs. It’s also possible to use a strip of carpet as a runner, see Roger Oates Design Hartley runners, which are reversible so last twice as long. CANTILEVERED STAIRS A cantilevered staircase can look stunning, but is also a feat of engineering, with most of the weight of the treads supported by one wall. You need a balustrade to comply with UK building regulations, but glass is unobtrusive and will still give that ‘weightlessness’ look. These staircases should always be designed and built by a specialist. ALTERNATE STAIRS Ninety per cent of new staircases are constructed to create access to a loft conversion. The pitch of the roof can make constructing a flight difficult and, if this is the case, alternate-tread stairs can be the answer. These have one tread for the left foot and another for the right, and mean the angle of the stairs can be tighter, increased from 42 to 65 degrees. Consider who will need to use them, as they are trickier to negotiate than standard stairs. It can also be hard to move furniture up and down them.

W E LOV E... Our colourful Chichester dresser painted in Blakeney Blue, against the tactile and rustic Bowsley dinnerware, and the crisp silhouette of our Alderney conical vase

Create your own design ideas at neptune.com

HOUSE & GARDEN

The Ripples effect Our expert design service will open your eyes to the hidden potential of your bathroom. PLAN STORAGE CAREFULLY Savvy storage is key to a clutter-free bathroom. Make a mental note of all the things you need to keep in the bathroom, from towels and robes to toiletries and children’s bath toys. Next, consider whether you want fitted or freestanding. Fitted storage will make the most of every inch, and is ideal for awkwardly shaped rooms, loft conversions and even en-suites. Freestanding elements can also make life easier, as you can move them around when needed and update the style in years to come. Most of us want space-saving storage so look to dual-purpose products such as mirrored cabinets, underbath shelving and vanity units with pull-out drawers below. Wall-mounted designs will make a small space appear larger while recesses and niche shelving can be integrated into stud walls and wet rooms. TOP TILE TRENDS There are so many stunning tiles to choose for your bathroom, whether you want them for walls or flooring. Large format tiles are currently popular as they make a room feel bigger as well as less busy thanks to fewer grout lines on show. You can’t go wrong with neutral shades – whether stone, ceramic or porcelain – but if you want to create a focal point, consider tiling a feature wall in a bold bright tile or iridescent glass mosaics. When choosing floor tiles, you may want to introduce underfloor heating, so make sure the tiles are compatible. They should also be slip-resistant so look for a textured or raised pattern as well as a matt design rather than polished. Another element to consider for wall tiles is the finish – the colour the grouting and the spacing between the tiles. 1 5 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

THE DETAILS

Available from 116 Fulham Road Chelsea London SW3 6HU Tel 0207 373 3668 26 England’s Lane London NW3 4TG Tel 0207 4499 594 12 Lichfield Terrace Sheen Road Richmond TW9 1AS Tel 0203 166 4008 www.ripples.ltd.uk

HOUSE & GARDEN

WALK INTO

PURE LUXURY

ne walk-in wardrobe may seem like a luxury in space-efficient city homes, but London’s high-flying couples are now demanding one each... For the woman with too little space to store all her shoes, or the man in happy possession of 50 Armani suits, the advent of the walk-in wardrobe-come-dressing room is the answer to a truly first world problem. The very best come in all shapes and sizes and can be made to suit your lifestyle. No top-end developer would market a property without a dedicated space for clothes. It’s a trend born in America, fuelled by Carrie Bradshaw’s overflowing trophy room in Sex and the City, which has now firmly crossed the Atlantic. When heiress Tamara Ecclestone was renovating a £47 million house in Palace Green, Kensington, she included a dressing room featuring a mechanical handbag carousel, a dedicated evening wear aisle to store party outfits, and a cabinet lined with Hermes leather for her sunglasses and jewellery. Back in the real world, Tina Mahony, director of Go Modern (www.gomodern.co.uk), recommends budgeting between £600 and £800 a metre for an Italian-made wardrobe with doors that are either wooden, lacquered, or, best of all, folding glass. This price does not include fitting. “They are amazing because you can see the whole contents of your wardrobe at once, and they are much lighter than a normal wardrobe,” she says.

1 6 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

Interior designer Laura Hammett (www.laurahammett.com) says that walk-in wardrobes have become a vital element of large London houses; whether they work in smaller properties, however, is a matter of personal taste, since you may need to forsake a bedroom to create an all-singing, all-dancing number. “If you are doing up a property with resale in mind then I think it is fine to go from five to four bedrooms, but if you are at four bedrooms or less then it might not be the best way to go,” says Hammett. “If you’re creating the best home for you then it is a matter of what works best for you.” The great benefit of going bespoke is that your wardrobe can precisely fit your lifestyle. You need to assess what you need to store and make sure you get the right balance of hanging space, drawer space and cupboards. Decide between hinged and sliding doors, mirrors can be inbuilt, and tilted shelves for shoes and boots are very practical. At the very top end Joe Burns, managing director of interior designer/ developer Oliver Burns (www.oliverburns. com), says that his clients are now demanding not one but two dressing rooms — his and hers. Despite this excess, Burns feels that a more pareddown approach can work well, too. “My own home is more regular, but I have one in a spare room,” he says. “It means my wardrobe is organised and it takes less time to get ready in the morning. It is definitely time-efficient and the other good point about walk-ins is that they do not take forever to fit — Mahony tells clients to allow between half a day for a small wardrobe to two days for a full-scale dressing room.

call for a brochure

design-led home decor

timeless style with edgy vibes t: 01386 793240 â&#x20AC;˘ www.desresdesign.co.uk

quarter page ad_Layout 1 30/08/2013 09:13 Page 1

1ST FOLDING SLIDING DOORS LTD www.1stfoldingslidingdoors.co.uk

• High Quality Folding Sliding Doors • British, German & Belgium Designed • A Fantastic Variety of Finishes & Colours

LIGHT

SPACE

• Virtually Maintenance Free • State-of-the-Art Security Features • Full Fitting Available • Free Survey & Design Advice

STYLE

ST FOLDING SLIDING DOORS

Unit 26/3 Silicon Business Centre 26 Wadsworth Road Tel: 0208 997 2448 Perivale, Greenford Middlesex UB6 7JZ Fax: 0208 997 0611

email: foldingslidingdoors@btinternet.com

GÜTLIN CLOCKS & ANTIQUES

BENENDEN CONSERVAtION tm

Bespoke Aluminium Windows for Period Property Into timber or direct to brick or stone Single or dual RAL colours Ultra-slim proﬁle frames “A” window rating UK manufactured

New Original

One of London’s largest selections of antique grandfather clocks and French mantel clocks All types of antique clocks repaired and restored. FREE ESTIMATES! 606 King’s Road SW6 2DX Tel: 020 7384 2804 www.gutlin.com E-mail: mark@gutlin.com

ConservAtion By design

020 8695 0055 www.thwc.co.uk Showrooms at: Sevenoaks

Dorking

Beaconsﬁeld

Sawn stone steps Architectural ironwork Waterproof guarantee

LONDON SHOWROOM

The Plaza, 535 Kings Road, London SW10 0SZ 0207 3511955

www.obc-uk.net

t: 020 8673 8785

info@englishcitystone.co.uk

www.englishcitystone.co.uk

GARDEN GUIDE

EASIGRASS - PAGE 166

GARDEN house & GUIDE garden

COMPETITION Easigrass

Show Stopping Easigrass offers RHS Chelsea Flower Show 2015 tickets

asigrass is the highest achieving artificial grass company in the history of British horticulture, having won a Gold medal for a judged show garden at the illustrious RHS Chelsea Flower Show in 2012. Gracing both indoor and outside areas throughout the Home Counties and its borders, as well as UK-wide and internationally, Easigrass is the definitive turf solution for the discerning homeowner, school, sporting club or corporate body. e Easigrass range of accredited artificial grasses are not only aesthetically beautiful but also safe, as well as pet and family-friendly. An Easigrass installation guarantees peace-of-mind and requires a minimal upkeep 365 days a year. Easigrass installation teams are professionally trained and dedicated to excellence at every stage of the customer service experience. is May 2015, Easigrass returns to RHS Chelsea Flower Show once again, re-visiting its winning partnership with artist and designer, Tony Smith, on stand number FR41. In addition, and for the first time in history, John Lewis will join Easigrass on the stand, showcasing their Outdoor Living Range amidst a stunning backdrop of white, silver and Easi-green. To celebrate Easigrass’s presence at RHS Chelsea Flower Show this May 2015, we have two exclusive Show tickets to give away to one lucky reader plus guest for one of the five days of RHS Chelsea Flower Show. Simply answer the following question:6 aM 2 0Y1 2 5015 5126 M y A

Q: In what year dId easIgrass wIn gold for a judged show garden exhIbIt at rhs Chelsea flower show? all answers should be sent to competiton@fishmediagroup.co.uk by Friday 15th May together with clear contact details. e winner will be contacted by Easigrass via email and telephone so please ensure details are provided in full. terms & CondItIons One application per household. Normal Show entry conditions apply. Tickets will be distributed subject to availability for either Tuesday 19th, Wednesday 20th, ursday 21st, Friday 22nd or Saturday 23rd May 2015 for one competition winner and his or her guest. ese tickets are not exchangeable for any other oﬀer of for a monetary equivalent. ■

the details For a bespoke quotation from the easigrass team please call 0333 433 0989.

The Worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s leading artificial grass - Keep it a secret, no-one will ever know! : +44 (0)845 094 8880 |

: sales@easigrass.com |

: www.easigrass.com

GARDEN GUIDE

Harrods announces

First Garden at the 2015 RHS Chelsea Flower Show FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HARRODS’ HISTORY, THE LUXURY DEPARTMENT STORE WILL BE EXHIBITING A CONCEPT GARDEN AT THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW THIS MONTH

‘T

he Fragrance Garden’, created in collaboration with award-winning garden designer Sheena Seeks, will be a celebration of perfume through the medium of flowers. Taking the art of perfume making as its theme, the concept garden will reflect the cross-fertilisation of nature and science, as well as traditional floral perfumes. The garden will showcase roses, violets and lavender whose oils are commonly extracted to make perfumes. Mother-of-three and grandmother Seeks, 64, of Edinburgh, said: “Harrods wanted a garden to do with perfume and so I decided to research perfume making. One side of the garden is going to look like a perfume laboratory, inspired by the processes where flowers are embedded into wax or have their oils extracted to capture their scent. I am using orange trees, Damask roses, violas, wild carrot plants and lavender as they are common in the perfume making industry. The paper flowers represent the science of turning natural flowers into something man made, artificial flowers. This is a fantastic opportunity,

1 6 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

working with Harrods, to create a truly innovative garden. Designing this garden has given me the freedom to explore the idea of the garden as a space where nature meets technology.” Visitors pointing their iPads and smartphones at augmented reality images on giant screens dividing the garden will see virtual flowers leap into life. Seeks said that the images reflect growing industry innovation in scent selection. Perfume has been sold at Harrods for over a hundred years but new technology means shoppers can now isolate their favourite single scents to create personal, unique fragrances. Deborah Bee, Harrods Director of Creative Marketing, comments “We’re delighted to be exhibiting at the RHS Chelsea Flower Show for the first time, in 2015. We are committed to giving our customers an innovative experience and creating a concept garden in collaboration with an award-winning designer is an ideal platform from which to do this.”

‘BRINGING “LIFE’’ TO LONDON’S GARDENS’

Freephone for Free Estimates

(Some calls from mobiles maybe charged)

281 0320

CapitalGardensGroup

.U K

W W W. C A

Capital Garden Landscapes, Award Winning Garden Maintenance and Planting Schemes

v 0808

E SHOP LIN P T GA IN

Alexandra Palace Garden Centre Alexandra Palace Way, N22 4BB v 0208 444 2555

Neal’s Nurseries Heathfield Rd , Wandsworth, SW18 3HR v 0208 874 2037

GARDENS

GARDEN GUIDE

Jo T hompson Award-Winning Garden Designer

to create a sylvan retreat for M&G Investments at the RHS Chelsea Flower Show 2015

&G Investments, the sole sponsor of the RHS Chelsea Flower Show and a leading international investment management company, has commissioned award-winning landscape designer Jo Thompson to create a sylvan themed garden retreat. The M&G Garden will feature a two-storey oak framed building inspired by the writing room of poet Vita SackvilleWest at Sissinghurst Castle, a large natural swimming pond edged with water-loving plants, a woodland of river birches, acacias and acers, and a garden with tumbling roses and peonies in a palette of greens, punctuated by soft pinks, lavender blues and creams, with a touch of orange. Partially covered by trees and lush planting, The M&G Garden design for 2015 draws on Jo’s local influences: from the vernacular architecture features synonymous with the Sussex and Kent countryside where she currently lives, to the use of Purbeck stone at the far end of the swimming pond owing to her childhood in Dorset. The romantic garden will represent a quintessentially British restorative retreat, where visitors will be able to unwind away from the hustle and bustle of city living. Jo Thompson, garden designer, said: “I wanted to create a special garden for M&G that is a retreat, yet follows the principles of traditional British gardening: local materials such as oak and limestone surrounded by typical cottage planting with more than a hint of the woodland.”

Jacqui Haskins, M&G Marketing Director, commented: “The M&G Garden will mark Jo’s sixth Show garden at RHS Chelsea and we have always been impressed with Jo’s beautiful creations in the past. It is also fantastic to be working with such a well-regarded female designer, along with her all-female gardening team.“Each year The M&G Garden is an example of how British garden design has developed, but with many recurring trends that have stood the test of time - an approach that reflects M&G Investments’ own company values. We are confident that Jo’s creative design will once again create a show-stopping garden for all to enjoy.” In addition to the all-female gardening team, Jo will once again work with Roger Platts, a multiple gold medal winner at RHS Chelsea and twice the designer of The M&G Garden in previous years, to ensure that the 2015 garden has only the best in trees, shrubs and flowers timed perfectly for the Show. 2015 is M&G’s sixth year as the sole sponsor of RHS Chelsea. M&G has been managing investments for individuals and institutions since 1931. The RHS Chelsea Flower Show runs from 19 to 23 May 2015. THE DETAILS www.jothompson-gardendesign.co.uk @gardendesigner1 JoThompsonGardenDesign jothompsongarden www.mandg.co.uk/Chelsea

Each year The M&G Garden is an example of how British garden design has developed, but with many recurring trends that have stood the test of time 1 7 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

GARDENS GUIDE

Elegant Outdoor Living...

ith ‘outdoor-living’ being en vogue interior designers are extending their influence beyond the French doors, designing outdoor space as if creating another room. If your back yard is in need of a little TLC, look to the expertise of a designer who will maximise the potential of your outside space, transforming unused spaces into stunning areas to relax in and enjoy. It’s not just about immaculate lawns and beautiful borders, with spring in the air there’s no better time to start planning al fresco lounge and dining areas. Placing furniture on the terrace or decking can create a wonderful area where you can chill out and relax with friends, gather the family in style and enjoy alfresco dining, morning and evening. Of course there’s the good old (unreliable) British weather to contend with, but there are some amazing weather-resistant furniture collections designed to withstand wind, rain and scorching sun! From roof terraces and courtyards, to gardens big and small, The Modern Garden Company supply beautifully

crafted, contemporary exterior furniture, sophisticated sun sails and shades, outdoor rugs, planters and more. Working with Award-winning designers including Randle Siddeley, Del Buono Gazerwitz and Stefano Marinaz, they not only understand the importance of creating luxurious outdoor space. Company Director, Lynne Isham says, ‘With outdoor space becoming more and more valued, a lot of interior designers now specify outdoor furniture and we are happy to work with them to meet their clients’ specification. Modules can be used in any combination to suit the available space, big or small – even the tiniest terrace can be transformed. Materials are now also so much more sophisticated, enabling them to withstand the weather, so they do not fade in the sun or rot in the rain.’ If you have a designer re-designing the exterior of your London home or residence abroad, The Modern Garden Company will work with them to create an elegant outdoor area that’s not only beautiful, but functional too; a place to relax and entertain.

Creating elegant outdoor living Contemporary. Incredibly comfortable & perfectly finished. Always luxurious. Working closely with award-winning garden designers and landscape architects, we not only share a love of the great outdoors, but understand the importance of valuable exterior space.

If you have a designer working on your project we will work with them to ensure you maximise the potential of creating an elegant outdoor area that’s not only beautiful, but functional too; a place to relax and entertain. From roof terraces and courtyards, to gardens big and small, we supply beautifully crafted, contemporary exterior furniture, sophisticated sun sails and shades, outdoor rugs, planters and more. Whether you’re re-designing the exterior of your London home or residence abroad, we ship all over the world. www.moderngarden.co.uk

info@moderngarden.co.uk

t: 01279 653 200

GARDEN GUIDE

Japanese Knotweed

What’s all the Fuss About?

We asked knotweed expert, Nic Seal, founder of Environet UK Ltd to explain WHAT IS JAPANESE KNOTWEED? Knotweed’s now number one on the list of the UK’s most invasive plant species. It was introduced into the UK in the 1840’s as an ornamental plant. The Environment Agency has described Japanese knotweed as “indisputably the UK’s most aggressive, destructive and invasive plant”. Knotweed looks different throughout the year and can be confused with other similar looking plants. It is fully grown by early summer, growing at the incredible rate of 10 cm a day from the end of April to beginning of July. There is a useful identification video at www.environetuk.com. WHAT DAMAGE CAN IT DO? There are all sorts of myths surrounding knotweed and horror stories about it destroying buildings. They’re not entirely true but in its insatiable quest for light and water, it will exploit any weaknesses in the building and cause damage to walls, drains, floors and hard surfaces. WHAT IF YOU’RE BUYING OR SELLING A PROPERTY, OR REMORTGAGING WHERE KNOTWEED IS PRESENT? It is very difficult to obtain mortgage finance on properties with knotweed present, unless it is being tackled by a reputable professional firm able to provide insurance backed guarantees. Any property owner looking to sell is obliged to declare its presence. If you don’t get it properly treated you’ll find it difficult to sell or achieve anywhere near the property’s true value. Don’t be tempted to conceal it, this will prove to be an extremely expensive mistake. HOW DO YOU GET RID OF JAPANESE KNOTWEED? As the UK’s leading knotweed eradication specialist, Environet works with architects, surveyors, solicitors, developers, main contractors and other professionals in the property sector, offering a number of solutions: Removal using Resi dig-out™ (for residential properties) or Xtract™ (for commercial sites) – these eco-innovative methods can be completed in a matter of days Treatment with herbicides - lower cost but usually takes at least one growing season to achieve eradication 1 7 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

A word of caution for those DIY enthusiasts who attempt to deal with it themselves by cutting it down repeatedly, pouring diesel on it, burning, burying or saturating it with over-the-counter weed killers. Knotweed laughs at most DIY efforts, even shrugging off many so called “professional” attempts.The all-important insurance backed guarantee does not come with DIY methods.

WHAT GUARANTEES ARE AVAILABLE? All Environet eradication methods are fully guaranteed for up to 10 years with insurance backed guarantees underwritten by Lloyd’s of London. If you are thinking about appointing a company to get rid of your knotweed and they can’t provide you with a decent insurance backed guarantee, BEWARE! Nic Seal, Environmental Scientist and founding Director of Environet UK Ltd, pictured with his patented Xtract™ machine. The Xtract™ method is the best environmental option for removing Japanese knotweed from development sites, as it does not rely upon herbicides or result in vast quantities of infested soil being sent to landfill. Due to its huge success, it has been adapted for the residential market, aptly named Resi dig-out™. Knotweed FREE in days, not years. THE DETAILS Environet UK Ltd Clockbarn,Tannery Lane, Send Nr Woking GU23 7EE 01932 868700 environetuk.com

Best of African Design www.boafricandesign.co.uk tracy@boafricandesign.co.uk

GARDEN GUIDE

Barlow Tyrie

renowned the world over for high quality outdoor leisure furniture.

At Barlow Tyrie, we use only the finest materials, that’s ‘Grade A’ plantation-grown teak, 316 marine grade stainless steel, or the best UV-resistant cushion fabrics.That, together with superb craftsmanship in manufacture - and our determination to be the best - have kept us in business for over 95 years. BARLOW TYRIE: THE MONTEREY RANGE (NEW FOR 2015) Teak collection dining range Designed by Mark Tyrie, the Monterey armchair was awarded the ‘Best Chair Design’ designation at the 2014 International Casual Furniture and Accessories Show. It was inspired by the mid-century modern movement and features a teakwood frame. Over 200 feet of all-weather woven cord go to make up each chair. The Monterey tables combine a hard-wearing ‘high-fired’ Italian ceramic top; a powder-coat tubular aluminium sub-frame for strength; and a teakwood outer frame. Tables have precision height levelling adjusters and come in a variety of size and shape. And to keep your furniture pristine – tailored furniture covers are available for the 320cm rectangular table/10 chair set. http://teak.com/english/ monterey-range.shtml BARLOW TYRIE: THE CAYMAN RANGE (NEW FOR 2015) Sun lounger, armchair and dining tables Cayman is a new range of outdoor furniture perfect for those looking for both comfort and ease of maintenance. The sun lounger features wheels concealed in the back legs 1 7 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

for easy movement; both the armchairs and sun loungers can be stacked for storage; and we have matching side tables for the sun lounger. Dining tables come in circular, square, and rectangular models. All frames are highly durable, with a powder-coat paint finish; the armchairs feature strong, comfortable Textilene® slings; and the table tops are finished in a hard-wearing ‘high-fired’ Italian ceramic. The range is available in a variety of colour combinations. http://teak.com/english/cayman-range.shtml BARLOW TYRIE: THE TITAN TABLE Traditional teak table top with black powder-coated frame Part of our ‘Rustic Teak’ collection, the Titan range is manufactured from wood complete with all its grain swirls, knots, and blemishes - to give it that farmhouse feel. And now, to enhance the 2014 all-wood range, we have introduced a black powder-coat paint finish. This new version is available at 240cm, and has a matching 200cm bench which fits perfectly beneath. And to complete the dining set, we have teak and black aluminium frame stacking armchairs. http://teak.com/english/titan-range.shtml

Quality since 1920

Making exceptional outdoor garden furniture â&#x20AC;&#x201C; quality since 1920. Ranges in teak, stainless steel, aluminium and woven. Recipient of eighteen international design excellence awards. Barlow Tyrie Limited, Braintree CM7 2RN, England Tel: +44 (0)1376 557 600 Email: sales@teak.com Visit: www.teak.com

Model: Cayman

RHS Chelsea Flower Show â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stand SR12

GARDEN GUIDE

THE CHELSEA FRINGE 2015 T

he third Chelsea Fringe will begin on Saturday 16th May and run for three weeks, at a host of different venues and settings across London. Building on the success of the previous Chelsea Fringe festivals, it will feature a wonderful mixture of public spectacles, horticultural happenings and community celebrations. The Fringe is all about harnessing and spreading some of the excitement and energy that fizzes around gardens and gardening. The idea is to give people the freedom and opportunity to express themselves through the medium of plants and gardens, to open up possibilities and to allow full participation. Entirely independent of the RHS Chelsea Flower Show (though acting with its support), the Fringe events encompass everything from grassroots community garden projects to avant-garde art installations. Their open-access principle means that just about anything goes – as long as it’s interesting and legal, and on the subject of gardens, flowers, veg-growing or landscape. The Fringe showcases a wide range of work from professionals and enthusiasts, both from the gardening world and beyond.

Some of the events taking place in 2015... BEHIND THE WALL New Covent Garden Flower Market are offering a tour to show what is ‘Behind the Wall’ of the Market. You will get to see the place that inspires London’s florists and learn about the history of the UK’s largest Wholesale Flower Market. When: There is one tour available, on Saturday 16th May 2015 from 7am – 8.30am. There are only 20 places available on the tour so book now to avoid disappointment. SHED CHIC Daily from 16th May, Design Centre, Chelsea Harbour will explore the connection between design and horticulture with the ultimate garden shed, specially commissioned for the Chelsea Fringe. With vibrant on-trend patchwork, trailing flowers and leaves made from the latest fabrics and wallpapers, the fun pop-up showcases brilliant colourways from some of the most important names in the industry. Engaging and upbeat, visitors can delight in a new take on all things ‘shed chic’.

1 7 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

FLOATING GARDEN AT QUEEN MAY’S GARDENS, REGENTS PARK Daily from 1th May, it intends to raise public awareness of the fact that underwater vegetation and wildlife in urban water bodies and rivers is becoming scarce. An archipelago of small floating islands will create a new imaginative ecosystem .Floating wetlands will activate the lake for new wildlife: improving water quality, providing benefits including: food and shelter for fish, frogs, and invertebrates; shading which reduces water temperatures and submerged weed growth; habitat for butterflies and birds. FLORAL AFTERNOON TEA AT THE ATHENAEUM Daily from 16th May, join together for a very special Floral Afternoon Tea with orange blossom scones, delicate rose scented macaroons and strawberry tartlets with lavender jam to name but a few of the delicacies on offer. Available daily at 12.30pm, 3pm and 5.30pm. £34.50 THE DETAILS Anyone can enter a project in the Chelsea Fringe; registration starts at £10 for a one-day event, while most projects pay £25 (volunteer/community rate). Visit www.chelseafringe.com for more details of events, to register, become a friend or even to volunteer.

GARDEN GUIDE

the “WOW” factor F

inalist in The International Design & Architecture Awards, Winner in the European Pool and Spa Awards, Winner of the Residential Indoor Pool of the Year, SPATA (Swimming Pool and Allied Trades Association) Pool Contractor of the Year Award and celebrating 49 years of excellence this year, Tanby Pools is a multi-award winning, family business, specialising in the design and construction of luxury, indoor and outdoor pools. Serving the South East, every pool is bespoke using the finest materials and latest technology, combined with total care and attention. Specialising in movable floors to enable multi use of your pool hall, automatic covers and environmental control linked to building management systems, they are happy to work for the client directly, with their architect, structural engineer, designer or main contractor. Their experienced team will guide you through the pool development process, from initial ideas and consultation, through to you relaxing by your new pool; with you every step of the way to deliver your dream pool. You may have moved home and inherited a tired and outdated pool no longer suits your needs, lifestyle, family or decor. Their award winning refurbishment team will help you unlock your property’s true potential and give it

the “wow” factor that your home deserves. With leisure time being so important to our well being, Tanby can also free up your time with a wide range of Service and Maintenance Contracts – all you need do is swim and enjoy! Their fully trained team of engineers and showroom staff are able to give up-to-date and correct advice on the daily running of your pool and hot tub whilst the Tanby Shop stocks a huge array of games, inflatables, above ground pools, chemicals, and equipment. As main dealers for the leading Jacuzzi brand of hot tubs, they can provide you with the best hot tub experience without compromise. The difference is clear the moment you set eyes on the range – the distinctive design, attention to detail and performance all excel. We know you will enjoy your pool or hot tub for years to come and with Tanby’s knowledge and experience you can have total faith that they will help create a living space for fun and relaxation in your own home. THE DETAILS Contact Tanby Pools on 01883 622335 to speak to us about what you have in mind and to organise a free no obligation site visit or visit our website www.tanbypools.co.uk

The award winning refurbishment team will help you unlock your property’s true potential and give it the “wow” factor that your home deserves

1 7 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

MULTI-AWARD WINNING DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION UK Pool Pool Contractor 2012. Family Company celebrating yearsofofexcellence. excellence. UK Contractorofofthe theYear Year. Family Company celebrating 4948 years

plash Splash ge Splash sh Huge Splash plash

e Year 2012

take care of everything with

or ofclient the Year 2012 .” the comments

ontractor of the Year 2012 ng the South East, it is would take care of everything with

no fuss.” client comments 012 ant to Tanby tothe treat your

Pool Contractor 2012 ty as if it was their own and wouldof takethe care ofYear everything with Covering the South East, it is Year 2012

imise with the impact of the no fuss.” thing important to Tanby to treat your the client comments uction project; the build is ments property as if it was their own and would take care of everything with

e first stage in an on-going toeverything minimise the impact Covering of the ake care of with no the East, client it comments thefuss.” South is nship. The ISPE (Institute t, it is construction ” the client comments project; the build is important to Tanby to treat your eat yourPool mming Engineers) only the first stage in an on-going Covering South East, it is property as if it wasthetheir own and r maintenance own and relationship. ng the South East,team it is The ISPE (Institute important to Tanby to treat your of nt the to to treat yourPoolare of Safe Swimming Engineers) ng a Tanby Gas engineer to minimise the impact of the property as if it was their own and ylebuild asfor if itanything was their own and trained maintenance team is from one construction project; the build is mise the impact of the including a Gas Safe engineer are to minimise the impact of the on-going outsproject; and repairs to isregular only the first stage in an on-going ction the build available for anything from one Institute construction project; the build is contracts where all e service first stage in an on-going regular onlyThe relationship. (Institute ineers) off call outs and repairs to the ISPE first stage in an on-going is swim – Tanby do the rest! ship. The weekly ISPE (Institute service contractsof where all m Swimming Pool Engineers) relationship. The ISPE (Institute mming Pool Engineers) you do is swim – Tanby do the rest! mal gineer are maintenance team of Swimmingteam Pool Engineers) trained maintenance 012 being the year of sport duct om ng a one Gas Safe engineer are trained maintenance team a Gas Safe engineer With 2012 beingthe the yearincluding of sport ess and sun around ating &the Environmental Specialists •are Moveable Floors ofor regular ehave anything from one including a Gas Safe engineer•are and fitness and the sun around the • Heating & Environmental Specialists Moveable Floors we -outs whyand not contact Tanby for a available for anything from one repairs to regular where all vice &corner Maintenance • Saunas & Steam Rooms -where why not contactContracts Tanby for a available for anything from one consultation and look forward service contracts all • Service & Maintenance Contracts do the rest! off call outs and repairs to regular • Saunas & Steam Rooms free site consultation and look forward olgs swim Refurbishments – Tanby spent do the rest! off call outs and repairs•toJacuzzi regular Spa Showroom hot Summer around • Refurbishments weekly completed within to Pool a long hot Summer spent around service contracts where all • Jacuzzi Spa Showroom weekly service contracts where all lemicals, and family. The job was completed within ofwith sportfriends Equipment, Safety Supporters of Make a Wish Foundation the pool and family.doCovers 12 time being • the year ofwith sportfriends you isSafety swim –isTanby do the•rest! Chemicals, Equipment, Covers •rest! Supporters of Make a Wish Foundation on with minimal you do swim – Tanby do the ound the budget and on time with minimal ess on,and the sun around the nd the finished product Tanby for a disruption theforfinished product why not contactand Tanby a hin With being thebeing year the of sport forwardand expectations. We have We 2012 year of sport consultation forward exceeded ourlook expectations. have2012With oook yan Swimming Pools we Tanby Swimming Pools nt around Summer spent around fitnessand andfitness the sun andaround the sun the around the t hot amazing pool with pool with features we featuresand with friends family. amily. Forand more information about Tanby-Road, 620-622 Limpsfield mple re information about Tanby 622 Limpsfield Road, corner why not contact Tanby had never thought of. corner why not contact Tanby for a for a ought of. Swimming visit the The Pool free site consultation and look forward oil Pools, ming visit thePools, The Pool Warlingham, Surrey CR6 9DS free site consultation and look forward ingham, Surrey CR6 9DS Centre at 620-622 Limpsfield Road, elves. atEven 620-622 Limpsfield Road, to a long hot Summer spent around when we changed ourto9DS a long Warlingham, Surrey CR6 or hot Summer spent around we changed our h gham, Surrey CR6 9DS or the pool with friends and family. mind about certain features call 01883 622335. You can also visit yinformation features ecertain about Tanby 883 622335. You can alsoinstallation, visit the pool with friends and family. the thethrough website www.tanbypools.co.uk yinghalfway out Tanby Pools, the The Pool ough thevisit installation, bsite www.tanbypools.co.uk everything was sorted out, within e The Pool

Poovaoltiobefnore renovation

www.tanbypools.co.uk www.tanbypools.co.uk

Call us for a no obligation

CallFREE us for asite no survey obligation on FREE site survey on

01883622335 622335 01883

GARDEN GUIDE

How to host an

elegant garden party Garden parties are a gorgeous and elegant way to celebrate in summer, perfect for either a small celebration, say, a girls’ get-together, or a larger occasion, such as a birthday or engagement party. There’s a certain elegance to eating in the garden, a little thought about decoration and atmosphere goes a long way. Here are some easily achievable suggestion... A SMART OCCASION DESERVES A FORMAL INVITATION Specify a dress code if desired, or leave it blank for casual outdoor attire. DECIDE ON FOOD THEMES AND SERVING STYLES Your menu will depend in large part on how you plan to serve your guests. Will you hire staff to pass around trays of finger food? Or would you prefer that people serve themselves from a buffet? If you are going to have individual place settings, consider large platters of food that can be easily set on the table — or on a buffet — for people to help themselves, such as roast and grilled meats, salads, antipasto plates and cheese boards. Of course, if you’ve planned a themed party that will guide your choices. Whatever you serve, make sure it’s easy to serve and eat. DESIGNATE AN OUTDOOR BAR AREA Use pitchers of mixed drinks as well as easy-access bottles. Use real wine and champagne glasses for extra elegance. Ensure you have a wine cooler, or champagne on ice to greet your guests on arrival. You could create a signature mixed drink. Make ahead and serve in pitchers, to cut down on bartending time. And sophisticated summery cocktails are a must! Always be sure to provide interesting non-alcoholic drinks too. CREATE A SPACE TO RELAX For before and after dinner by opting for smart furniture with comfy cushions. Parasols not only add instant glamour, but they also provide shade and define the seating space. Make sure there’s enough seating for all your guests. You don’t want your party to turn into a game of musical chairs. BACKGROUND MUSIC IS ESSENTIAL IN SETTING THE TONE Just shuffling your iPod won’t create the right ambience. As a rule of thumb, start with gentle music like jazz, and gradually up the tempo, by the end of the evening you may well be dancing 1 8 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

until the early hours. And It’s good to have a theme in mind; depending on your guests and the occasion. Alternatively, if you are looking to host a larger and lively party, you could hire a DJ, space pending of course. SUCCESSFUL SUMMER PARTIES USUALLY CONTINUE AFTER DUSK So plenty of outdoor lighting is essential to keep the party going. Take indoor style outside with low-voltage lighting, specifically for garden use, can involve much more than a simple outdoor spotlight. A garden chandelier using LED bulbs and rubber coated also makes it waterproof. Lanterns or even candles in jars placed on each step in a garden or patio will give a soft magical light, and also make it easier for guests to negotiate tricky areas in the dark. BALLOONS MAKE A GREAT DAY-TO-NIGHT GARDEN PARTY DECORATION Use a limited palette and opt for outsized, round balloons to give a grown-up, designer look. To take them from day to night, pop a balloon LED into the inflated balloon before knotting the neck, so that when dusk falls the balloon begins to gently glow. Float on pools and ponds, fill with helium and anchor with lengths of ribbon and tent pegs, or simply tie into decorative bunches and hang in trees around the garden. MAKE SPACE FOR THE KIDS If you’re arranging a party where there will be children as well as adults, you’ll need to give them some space of their own. A child-sized picnic bench mean you can keep an eye on them while they have space to eat and play in peace! Lawn games are an excellent idea at a garden party, not everyone has a croquet set stored away, so any interactive game will be fun. And lastly, ensure you can keep your guests dry if the summer sun does turn to rain. We are in the UK after all! But no one can throw a good party like the British.

Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Secret Garden Opening its gates to groups Discover why plants really matter 66 Royal Hospital Rd, London SW3 4HS www.chelseaphysicgarden.co.uk

developers by design

coming soon 6 lavishly appointed apartments

Miram House

anything else is a compromise hadley wood register for information at

artemi-gibbs.com

0800 809 809

15% OFF

FOR ON DON LIFE RLE A + FREE d DERS elivery Quote: londonlife

EARRINGS IN MOTHER OF PEARL SET IN STERLING SILVER £195

RHODIUM PLATED STERLING SILVER BRACELET WITH YELLOW ENAMEL £145

GOLD PLATED STERLING SILVER NECKLACE £255

GOLD PLATED STERLING SILVER BRACELET £320

SWAROVSKI CRYSTAL BROOCH £320

14CT GOLD RING WITH AMETHYST, CITRINE & PERIDOT £725

CUFF WITH SWAROVSKI CRYSTAL £310

SWAROVSKI DROP EARRINGS £150

NECKLACE WITH SWAROVSKI CRYSTAL £275

Jewels of the Mediterranean Frustrated by the uniformity of high-street jewellery, Rosita Heshmati’s discoveries inspired her to set up an online designer jewellery boutique. Rosita’s craving for quality and expressive unique designs for everyday wear and special occasions led to her buying jewellery directly from small designers during frequent trips to southern Europe. “I soon had a jewellery box full of these wonderful creations and became the envy of my friends who started asking me to choose items for them whenever business or pleasure took me back to this beautiful part of the world. Nothing

makes me happier than scouring the small streets of Venice or Istanbul for undiscovered creative gems.” The realisation that many other women desire the same thing - jewellery that sets them apart with its originality and finesse that comes from centuries of traditional jewellery-making, combined with a Mediterranean lyrical expressionism - prompted her to explore showcasing her collections and so Expressions Des Bijoux was born. “My mission is simple – to give women access to stunning jewellery, reflecting a variety of tastes and styles from refined simplicity to luxurious drama.”

www.edesb.com | +44 (0)20 8946 7414 | customercare@expressionsdesbijoux.com

YUMMY MUMMY MAGAZINE yummymummymagazine.co.uk

MAY/JUNE ISSUE 4

Discover the world of

A PRINCESS IS BORN TEMPER TANTRUMS PILATES WITH BUMP & BABY

The luxury parenting publication for discerning mothers living in London

luxury lifestyle & unique gifts

Welcome to Yummy Mummy Club, Issue 4 On November 1967, The House of Dior launched its children’s range. The event took on a fairytale feel with an exceptional patron, her Highness Princess Grace of Monaco, who asked Mr Dior to design the birth outfits of her coming daughter Caroline, and thus Mr Dior decided to add a Baby range, which led to the creation of the legend of Baby Dior and its creation of baby outfits. To celebrate International Children’s Books Day, the BBC Culture team unveiled its poll for what critics say are the 11 best children’s books of all time. The books were chosen by a panel of adult experts - but there has been some controversy. Not a single book on the list was published after 1968, so the list misses out on Harry Potter, His Dark Materials and the David Walliams books, to name just three. French mum living in London for 12 years, Béatrice de Montille launched in 2007 the brand Merci Maman Personalised Gifts & online boutique www.mercimamanboutique.com. They create bespoke jewellery for everyone, including men and teenagers, from their Fulham based studio. Each piece is unique and tells its own story. When people hear the word Pilates, they often think of it as a celebrity fad or a superficial form of exercise reserved for super fit women drinking fruit smoothies and wearing Lycra. But the truth is Pilates isn’t for show and is wonderful with baby and bump! London Mother’s Club is a luxury destination for savvy mamas to connect and embrace motherhood through fun and informative events.

Alex Lux Editor

PUBLISHED BY THE FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD, THE RIDINGS, WOODFIELD LANE, ESSENDON, HERTS , AL9 6JJ.

0844 800 8439

www.thelifemagazines.com EDITOR Alex Lux EDITOR’S ASSISTANT Katie Miller DESIGN & PRODUCTION Toni Perry

SENIOR BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER Vanessa Lane

ACCOUNT MANAGERS Nicola Drew Lisa Westerman DIRECTORS Rory Smith, Patrick Smith

YUMMY MUMMY

Pilates with bump & baby

hen people hear the word Pilates, they often think of it as a celebrity fad or a superficial form of exercise reserved for super fit women drinking fruit smoothies and wearing Lycra. But the truth is Pilates isn’t for show. Pilates is specifically designed to strengthen the muscles you can’t see- the core muscles. Acting like a supportive corset, these muscles control your bladder, bowel, improve posture and maintain lower back strength. The son of a prize-winning gymnast, Greek-German born Joseph Pilates was a Physical-culturist who developed a series of exercises in the early 20th century that were designed to help improve body alignment and accelerate the process of stretching, strengthening and rehabilitation. “Patients are often surprised when they come to see me as a Physio and I recommend they come back to see me for Pilates” says Physiotherapist and professional Pilates Instructor, Sarah Gledstone. Sarah, who owns ‘Physio&Co.’ and runs a series of specialist Pre/Post Natal and Rehabilitative classes, has been teaching and recommending Pilates to her patients for over 10 years. “The results aren’t always instant, and some of the techniques require practice and patience – but the results are undeniable.” They also appear to be universal – benefiting people of all ages and abilities. Whilst it seems that most of Sarah’s patients are women, she is noticing that more and more men are becoming interested. “This may be due to the rise in popularity of Pilates in professional sport” speculates Sarah, referring to the Manchester United legend Ryan Giggs - who credits the longevity of his career to regular Pilates sessions. “Once my husband heard that footballers were doing it, he suddenly became much keener on doing some exercises with me.” Sarah adds. But it’s those who are less agile and who are suffering from lower back pain that Sarah prefers to focus on. “Some people are understandably nervous about aggravating or worsening their condition. But my classes are specifically tailored to 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

help ease patients into a gentle exercise routine and, more importantly, they are designed to strengthen the body - which can help reduce the pain caused through injury and pregnancy.” Sarah treats a lot of new mums, in fact she has even developed one particular class that uses one very special piece of equipment to them regain their strength – their own babies! “I’m a new mum myself, so I totally understand how hard it is to get to classes and find childcare. So I combined the two and started tailoring different pelvic floor exercises to involve lifting and holding my son, and he loves it.” Having given birth in September, Sarah knows all too well the stresses that having a baby puts on the body and credits her own recovery not only to what she has done since giving birth, but also to all the work that she put in before her son was born. “People don’t realise that Pilates is preventative as well rehabilitative. It’s such a safe and effective way to exercise during your pregnancy as it helps maintain strength in your lower back, abdominals and pelvic floor muscles – all of which are imperative to aid the huge changes that occur in your body.” Having tried one of Sarah’s sessions I can confirm that it is also rather relaxing, but it’s not, despite popular belief, a form of yoga. “Both disciplines focus on developing strength, balance and a good breathing technique” says Sarah, who has also practiced yoga, “But Pilates doesn’t have the spiritual emphasis that yoga does.” So it seems whether you are a young athlete, new mum, low back pain sufferer or just someone who enjoys low impact exercise and relaxation, Pilates may be just the thing for you. THE DETAILS For more information, visit physioandco.uk, call 07793 075615 or email physioandco@gmail.com

Family forest getaways

52 10

2015 Short breaks in the New Forest

CONTENTS

Editors Letter 3 Contents 7 A Princess Is Born 8 Labour Signs: The Early Symptoms 10 Where Should I Have My Baby? 12 A Magical Collection 14 Health Benefits Of Breastfeeding 16 Seven Keys To Creating A Successful Baby Routine 18 Baby Bathtime 20 Teething Problems? 22 Discover The World Of Baby Dior 24 Babyballet 26 Fussy Eaters 28 Temper Tantrums 30 Little Liberty 32 Every Child’s Dream... 34 Bedtime Stories 36 Baby And Toddler Activity Classes 38 Captivating Art For Childrens Bedrooms 40 Ideas To Help Your Child Play And Learn 42 Is My Child Lazy Or Is It A Learning Problem? 44 Best Children’s Books Of All Time? 46 Manouchehri Bespoke Childrenswear 48 The Park Club 50 Child Safety In The Sun 52 Meet Mumpreneur: Béatrice De Montille 54 A Guide To Planning Your Children’s Party... 56 Mystical Fairies 58 Second Generation 60 Helping Children Cope With Bereavement 62

Woodland lodges

Explore the forest

Indoor pool A relaxing retreat in beautiful surroundings or an action-packed family break, our award-winning ﬁve star holiday village has it all.  Beautiful New Forest woodland setting  Excellent onsite facilities including swimming pools, outdoor and soft play areas, activity programme, restaurant and shop  Pet free and pet friendly accommodation

For a brochure or to make a booking

Book now & save

10%

ON SUMMER BREAKS **

0844 693 1336

Quote 15FAMILY when booking

sandyballs.co.uk LUXURY LODGES

HOLIDAY HOMES

TOURING

** Book before 20 June 2015. Offer applies to all breaks in May, June, July or August

CAMPING

YUMMY MUMMY

A PRINCESS IS BORN Prince William, The Duchess of Cambridge, and Prince George became a family of four on Saturday, 2nd May at 8.34am, when Kate gave birth to her second child, a daughter weighing 8lbs 3oz.

ith the world’s media focusing their cameras on her outside the Lindo Wing, the Duchess of Cambridge appeared at the steps of the hospital holding her beautiful new-born daughter - just hours after the royal birth. The naming of the royal baby Charlotte Elizabeth Diana will be seen as a tribute to the Duke of Cambridge’s father, mother and grandmother. Her full title will be Her Royal

8 M AY 2 0 1 5

Highness Princess Charlotte of Cambridge. Charlotte is the feminine form of Charles, is French in origin and means “petite” and “feminine - and also the middle name of Kate’s sister Pippa Middleton. The Duke and Duchess of Cambridge are more than likely to have chosen Elizabeth in tribute to the baby’s greatgrandmother the Queen. And Diana was always expected to feature somewhere in remembrance of William’s late mother.

The Duke places great importance on honouring Diana’s memory, having already used her sapphire and diamond engagement ring when he proposed to Kate. The little one was born soon after the palace’s announcement that Kate had gone into labour. It was only hours later that the fourth in line to the throne made her public debut sleeping soundly, cradled in her mother’s arms - as the couple posed on the steps of the private Lindo wing at St Mary’s hospital in Paddington. But that wasn’t the only exciting moment; Prince George even made an appearance to visit his baby sister at the hospital. Crowds cheered wildly as George, although looking a little overawed, managed a small royal wave. The duchess had been admitted to hospital in the “early stages of labour” at 6am and the duke attended the birth. Their daughter is the fourth in line to the throne and the Queen’s fifth great-grandchild. She will be the first to take the title of princess for 25 years and will also be the highest ranking female in line to the throne. A girl has not been born this high up the line of succession in the UK for nearly 65 years, since Princess Anne was born. A bulletin, printed with the details of the delivery, was placed on an ornate gold easel erected by two footmen in the forecourt of Buckingham Palace. It said the duchess was “delivered” of a daughter and gave the time of birth. The birth was overseen by a medical team led by

Guy Thorpe-Beeston, surgeon-gynaecologist to the royal household, who was assisted by Alan Farthing, surgeon gynaecologist to the Queen. Both medics were present at George’s birth in July 2013. Bookmakers had made Alice the favourite after a flurry of last minute bets knocked Charlotte off the top spot. One lucky royal fan - a woman from Barnes - won £1,400 after placing £400 on the correct name at odds of 5/2. The birth of the princess was marked by gun salutes across London. As Big Ben chimed 2pm, 41 volleys rang out across Hyde Park fired by the King’s Troop Royal Horse Artillery, with a 62-gun salute at Tower Bridge. After the first several nights recovering at Kensington Palace, the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge packed their bags for a move to the country. With nearly 2-year-old Prince George and the newborn Princess Charlotte in tow, Will and Kate will be the newest royal residents in the picturesque village of Anmer in the county of Norfolk. Kate has already been seen in the village shopping in the local shops for her home, prior to going into labour. Although Kensington Palace will continue to be the permanent residence of the Duke and Duchess, they plan to spend much of the summer at Anmer Hall. It was announced shortly after the birth that the new princess would be christened this summer before the Queen goes to Balmoral.

M AY 2 0 1 5 9

YUMMY MUMMY

LABOUR SIGNS:

THE EARLY SYMPTOMS Your due date’s getting closer, but how will you know the labour signs to look out for? Even the most subtle changes can indicate your baby’s on the way. We’ve rounded up the clues!

xpecting a dramatic Call The Midwife-style birth? Relax. Most labours begin gently, gradually developing over hours or even days (sorry!). Make a mental checklist of these early clues that let you know it’s really happening.

YOUR WATERS BREAK Otherwise known as the moment the sac of amniotic fluid surrounding your baby ruptures. This can happen as an all-in-one gush, or a slow trickle that lasts a few days. Your waters can break any time during labour or birth, or they may be broken by a midwife to help kick-start labour. Your waters can break any time during labour or birth. If your waters do break, call the maternity unit. Once your waters break, you’re at risk of infection, so the midwives may want you to go in. They will also ask you about the fluid: it should be a straw-like colour and have a sweet odour. If your waters are green, your baby may have emptied her bowels, a sign of distress, and you’ll need to go to hospital to be checked over. HEARTBURN RELIEF As your bump grows, your baby will push your stomach upwards. This forces acid in your stomach into your windpipe, causing heartburn. Luckily, in the weeks running up to your due date, you may notice symptoms get slightly better. This is because your baby has dropped, which means he’s moved down into your pelvis ready for birth. You may also find that you can breathe more easily because your baby isn’t pushing against your lungs and decreasing their capacity. YOU HAVE BACKACHE An ache in your lower back can mean your baby is rotating into the right position for labour. This can take a few days and may be painful, It could also be the start of your contractions – some women experience them more in their back than their stomach. Get through the discomfort by taking the recommended dose of paracetamol, then put your feet up, ask your partner for a back rub and have warm a bath. YOU HAVE A ‘SHOW’ A mucus plug covers your cervix in pregnancy and this may come loose up to a few days before labour starts. A brown, pink or red-tinged stringy or jelly-like discharge, it can come out either in one lump or more gradually over a few days. Speak to a midwife just to make sure you’re not bleeding. If it’s bright red or the discharge starts to look heavy, head to hospital. If your midwife is happy, just eat, sleep and relax before things really get going. YOUR NIPPLES LEAK It’s not just during breastfeeding that nipples can leak – it’s all throughout your final trimester. That said, you’ll probably notice it most in the last few weeks before your baby arrives. The milk you’re leaking is colostrum, a nutrient-rich liquid that will nourish your baby until your proper milk comes in a couple of days after the birth. If you’re getting wet patches on your clothes , buy some disposable breast pads that you can pop inside your bra.

1 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

DIARRHOEA The hormones that help your uterus contract can also sometimes cause diarrhoea in the hours before birth. If this happens, increase the amount of water you’re drinking and hold off on milk or sugary drinks, which can make diarrhoea worse. Try eating bland food such as rice to keep your energy levels up. SWOLLEN DOWN BELOW Pregnancy has a tendency to leave you feeling swollen in different areas of your body, and that includes your labia at the entrance to your vagina. It can be disconcerting, but it’s very normal. It’s caused by the increase in blood volume in your body. When your baby moves down into your pelvis, generally after week 37, it also puts more pressure around your vagina, making it feel swollen. Ease any discomfort by placing an ice pack in a clean tea towel and resting it on the area. FREQUENT TOILET STOPS With a growing baby bump that presses on your bladder, you’ll find you need to pee more regularly during pregnancy. But this could increase even further in the final week before birth, as your baby positions himself in your pelvis. Carry on drinking water as you don’t want to become dehydrated, but avoid coffee, soft drinks and citrus fruits as these tend to irritate the bladder. SUDDEN BURST OF ENERGY If getting up off the sofa is about as much activity as you can manage for most of your last trimester, the sudden spurt of energy you get in the days before labour starts (and the urge to clean out your kitchen cupboards) is often a not-unpleasant surprise. Make the most of it! Sort out the house, organise your baby’s clothes and set up a few change stations ready for her arrival home. WALKING DIFFERENTLY If your gait has started to resemble a cross between a cowboy and a duck, (attractive!) it could well be a sign your baby will soon be arriving. Your pelvis widens in preparation for birth, which can affect the way you walk. If your walk has changed and you’re also experiencing discomfort, it could be a sign of pelvic girdle pain (PGP). Talk to your GP who may refer you to a physiotherapist. They can teach you exercises or provide a special belt to help support your pelvis. CONTRACTIONS Firstly, are you sure these aren’t Braxton Hicks? ‘These short, painless, tightening sensations mean your uterus is gearing up for labour. Real contractions tend to start weak, perhaps feeling like period pain, then grow in frequency and intensity. Don’t rush to hospital, but do let the unit know what’s happening. Instead, take the recommended dose of paracetamol and try to chill out. Established labour is usually when you have three, one-minute contractions in the space of 10 minutes. When the contractions become so intense, you struggle to talk, you’ll know it’s definitely time to head to hospital.

YUMMY MUMMY

Where should I have my baby?

Wherever you choose, the place should feel right for you... SAFETY OF HOME VS HOSPITAL BIRTH Giving birth is generally safe wherever you choose to have your baby. However, for women having their first baby, home birth slightly increases the risk of a poor outcome for the baby (from five in 1,000 for a hospital birth to nine in 1,000 – almost 1% – for a home birth).For women having their second or subsequent baby, a planned home birth is as safe as having your baby in hospital or a midwife-led unit. If you are healthy and considered to be “low risk” you should be offered a choice of birth setting. If you choose to give birth at home or in a unit run by midwives, you need to be given information about what would happen if you have to be transferred to hospital during labour, and how long this would take. If something goes seriously wrong during your labour – which is rare – it could be worse for you or your baby than if you were in hospital with access to specialised care. Women who give birth in a unit run by midwives or at home are less likely to need assistance, such as through the use of forceps or ventouse (sometimes called instrumental delivery). For women with some medical conditions, it is safest to give birth in hospital because specialists are available if you need extra help during labour. Sometimes the maternity unit you choose may not be available if many women are in labour at the same time and the unit is full. Ask your midwife what to expect if this happens to you. MAKING AN INFORMED DECISION It’s important that you and your partner have all the information you need to make choices about where you would like to give birth. Even after you have decided where you want to have your baby, you can still change your mind. Your midwife will discuss the options that are available in

1 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

your area, though you are free to choose any maternity services if you are willing to travel. Talk to your midwife about going to have a look around the local maternity services. Don’t hesitate to ask questions if you don’t understand something, or if you think you need to know more (see a list of helpful questions). You may also want to get advice from your friends and family. HOME BIRTH If you have a straightforward pregnancy and both you and the baby are well, you might choose to give birth at home. If you do, you will be supported by a midwife who will be with you while you’re in labour. If you need any help or your labour is not progressing as well as it should, your midwife will make arrangements for you to be transferred to hospital. The advantages of giving birth at home include: being in familiar surroundings where you may feel more relaxed and able to cope you don’t have to interrupt your labour to go into hospital you will not need to leave your other children, if you have any you will not have to be separated from your partner after the birth you are more likely to be looked after by a midwife you have got to know during your pregnancy you are less likely to have intervention such as forceps or ventouse than women giving birth in hospital There are some things you should think about if you’re considering a home birth: You may need to transfer to a hospital if there are complications – the Birthplace study found that 45 out of 100 women having their first baby were transferred to hospital, compared with only 12 out of 100 women having their second or subsequent baby.

Epidurals are not available at home. our doctor or midwife may recommend that you give birth in Y hospital. For example if you are expecting twins or if your baby is breech (lying feet first).Your midwife or doctor will explain why they think a hospital birth is safer for you and your baby. PLANNING A HOME BIRTH Ask your midwife whether or not a home birth is suitable for you and your baby, or available to you. If it is, your midwife will arrange for members of the midwifery team to support and help you. Here are some questions you might want to ask: H ow long would it take if I needed to be transferred to hospital? W hich hospital would I be transferred to? W ould a midwife be with me all the time? H ow do I obtain a birthing pool? MIDWIFERY UNITS OR BIRTH CENTRES Midwifery units or birth centres are more comfortable and homely than a maternity unit in a hospital. Midwifery units can be part of a general hospital maternity unit, in a smaller community hospital or completely separate from a hospital. An adjacent midwifery unit (AMU) is attached to a hospital where obstetric, neonatal and anaesthetic care are available should they be needed in the same building or on a separate building on the same site. A freestanding midwifery unit (FMU) is usually where a unit is on a separate site or some distance away from a hospital without immediate obstetric, neonatal and anaesthetic care. The advantages of giving birth at a midwifery unit include: b eing in surroundings where you may feel more relaxed and able to cope with labour you’re more likely to be looked after by a midwife you have got to know during your pregnancy the unit may be much nearer your home, so it is easier for your partner and friends/relatives to visit y ou are less likely to have intervention such as forceps or ventouse than women giving birth in hospital There are some things to think about if you’re considering giving birth in a midwifery unit or birth centre: y ou may need to transfer to a hospital if there are any complications – the Birthplace study found that approximately four in 10 women having their first baby in a midwifery unit or birth centre were transferred to hospital, compared with approximately one in 10 women having their second or subsequent baby i n a unit that’s completely separate from a hospital (FMU), you won’t be able to have certain kinds of pain relief, such as an epidural – ask your midwife whether the unit or centre is part of a hospital or completely separate y our doctor or midwife may feel that it’s safer for you to give birth in hospital

PLANNING A BIRTH IN A MIDWIFERY UNIT OR BIRTH CENTRE Ask your midwife if there are any midwifery units or birth centres in your area. There may be others you can use if you’re prepared to travel. Here are some questions you might want to ask: How long would it take if I needed to be transferred to hospital? Which hospital would I be transferred to? Would a midwife be with me all the time? Can I visit the unit before I give birth? What facilities are available, such as birthing pools? HOSPITAL BIRTH Most women give birth in a hospital maternity unit. If you choose to give birth in hospital, you’ll be looked after by midwives but doctors will be available if you need their help. You’ll still have choices about the kind of care you want. Your midwives and doctors will provide information about what your hospital can offer. The advantages of giving birth in hospital include: having direct access to obstetricians if your labour becomes complicated having direct access to anaesthetists (who give epidurals and general anaesthetics) there will be neonatologists (specialists in newborn care) and a special care baby unit if there are any problems with your baby There are some things you should think about if you’re considering a hospital birth: you may go home directly from the labour ward or you may be moved to a postnatal ward in hospital, you may be looked after by a different midwife from the one who looked after you during your pregnancy PLANNING A HOSPITAL BIRTH Your midwife can help you decide which hospital feels right for you. If there is more than one hospital in your area you can choose which one to go to. Find out more about the care provided in each so you can decide which will suit you best. Here are some questions you might want to ask: Are tours of the maternity facilities available before the birth? When can I discuss my birth plan? Are TENS machines available for pain relief or do I need to hire one? What equipment is available, for example mats, a birthing chair or bean bags? Are there birthing pools? How long will I be in hospital? Find the right place for you to give birth using this Which? Birth Choice tool. Wherever you decide to give birth, you can change your mind at any stage of pregnancy. Talk to your midwife if there’s anything you’re not sure about, or if you want to know more.

M AY 2 0 1 5 1 3

YUMMY MUMMY

DISNEY DUMBO 2PC £22 MAMAS & PAPAS

A Magical Collection This summer, Britain’s favourite nursery brand is teaming up with Disney to create a magical collection of clothes and toys for little ones, designed around the most iconic and inspiring Disney characters.

aunched in 1981, Mamas & Papas have built a reputation of knowledge and trust amongst mums, dads and parents to be. Favoured by everyone from Beyoncé and Gwen Stefani to Alicia Keys and Erin O’Connor, Mamas & Papas have become known for their collaborations with some of fashion’s coolest and most coveted designers. Mamas & Papas first partnership was with former British Designer of the Year Donna Wilson (who revamped the Urbo Bug stroller and Mylo² pushchair with her distinctive Foxleaf design) and continued with the legendary fashion forward bunny Fifi Lapin (who brought her unique style and the latest quirky designs to an exciting new Spring/Summer 2015 collection). They are now set to release their sequence of incredible limited edition Disney collections. First in line, and for 12 weeks only, is a delightful collection of Dumbo-inspired clothes for babies. The adorable big-eared flying elephant has been transformed into an exclusive range for 0–12 months, which includes rompers, all-in-ones, bibs, jersey sets and a hat & mittens set for boys and girls. The softness of the sketches, created for the collection, making it easy to understand

1 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

why Dumbo is still loved by children around the world. “Few characters are as adorable and gentle as Dumbo, that’s why he was the perfect choice for our babywear” says Zoe Woolls, Mamas & Papas Design Manager. Disney’s favourite duo - Mickey & Minnie Mouse feature on another gorgeous collection of clothes for little ones, capturing the humour and sense of adventure with which they have inspired and entertained children since 1928. Available from 1st June, 2015, the collection is suitable for 0-4 year olds, and features stylish prints, beautiful dresses and of course, bags of fun! The limited edition Disney collection, including a range of accessories, promises to fill summer 2015 with nostalgic yet fashionable fun. “Disney is at the heart of childhood – exciting adventures and lovable characters – so we jumped at the chance to bring a little of that Disney magic to Mamas & Papas”. Richard Harris, Mamas & Papas Fashion Director. THE DETAILS For further details about MAMAS & PAPAS

Telephone 0845 606 7772 or visit the

website at www.mamasandpapas.com

YUMMY MUMMY

Health benefits of

breastfeeding

xclusive breastfeeding (giving your baby breast milk only) is recommended for around the first six months (26 weeks) of your baby’s life. After that, giving your baby breast milk alongside other food will help them continue to grow and develop healthily.

Breastfed babies have: less chance of diarrhoea and vomiting fewer chest and ear infections less chance of being constipated less likelihood of becoming obese and therefore developing type 2 diabetes and other obesity-related illnesses later in life less chance of developing eczema Any amount of breastfeeding has a positive effect. The longer you breastfeed, the longer the protection lasts and the greater the benefits. Infant formula doesn’t provide the same protection. Breast milk adapts as your baby grows to meet your baby’s changing needs. Health benefits of breastfeeding for you: lowers your risk of getting breast and ovarian cancer naturally uses up to 500 calories a day saves money – infant formula, the sterilising equipment and feeding equipment can be costly can help to build a strong bond between you and your baby Exclusive breastfeeding can also delay the return of your periods. COMMON BREASTFEEDING MISCONCEPTIONS Many myths and stories about breastfeeding are passed around by family and friends, but some are inaccurate or out of date. See how many you’ve heard, and separate fact from fiction: Myth 1: “It’s not that popular - only a few women do it in this country” Fact: 81% of women in the UK start breastfeeding. Myth 2: “Breastfeeding will make my breasts saggy” Fact:

1 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

Breastfeeding doesn’t cause your breasts to sag, but the ageing process and losing or putting on weight can all have an effect. Myth 3: “Infant formula is basically the same as breast milk” Fact: Infant formula isn’t the same as breast milk. It’s not a living product so it doesn’t have the antibodies, living cells, enzymes or hormones that protect your baby from infections and diseases in childhood and also later in life. Myth 4: “People don’t like women breastfeeding in public” Fact: Surveys actually show that the majority of people don’t mind women breastfeeding in public at all. The more it’s done, the more normal it will become. Myth 5: “Breastfeeding is easy for some women, but some don’t produce enough milk” Fact: Almost all women are physically able to breastfeed. It’s a skill that every woman needs to learn and practice. It happens more quickly for some women than others, but nearly all women can produce the amount of milk their baby needs. Myth 6: “If I breastfeed I can’t have a sex life” Fact: After you’ve had your baby you’ll decide when it’s time to have sex with your partner. The same hormone that helps to release your milk for the baby (oxytocin) is also made when you have sex. When having sex you may leak a little breast milk. This is normal. CHANGING FROM BOTTLE TO BREAST If you’ve already been formula feeding for a few days but you’ve changed your mind and want to breastfeed, speak to your midwife or health visitor as soon as possible for support on how to build up your milk supply. Or call the National Breastfeeding Helpline on 0300 100 0212. MEDICAL REASONS FOR NOT BREASTFEEDING Occasionally, there are clinical reasons for not breastfeeding. For example, if you have HIV or, in rare cases, you’re taking certain types of medication that may harm your baby. If you’re not sure whether you should breastfeed your baby, speak to your midwife or health visitor for information and support.

Can you provide great memories for children and young people? Fostering can be a challenging and very rewarding step to take - Why not talk to us and find out more about becoming a foster carer.

Freephone: 0808 284 9554 Tel: 0208 768 8643 email: enquiries@kindercare.co.uk www.kindercare.co.uk Text: FOSTER15 and your full name to 88020

YUMMY MUMMY

Seven keys to creating a successful baby routine Getting into a regular routine for sleep, feeding, and activities can make life easier for you and your baby. But where do you start? Below, find seven guidelines for creating a routine that works for you both. GET YOUR BABY USED TO A BEDTIME ROUTINE EARLY ON Once you have a consistent bedtime worked out, it will be easier to establish a daytime routine for your baby. And the easiest way to establish a regular bedtime is to start a predictable bedtime routine that you and your baby can depend on night after night. You can’t force it in the first few months, but you can start practising at about two months. Keep it simple: a warm bath, pyjamas on, a breastfeed or bottle, then lights-out. It doesn’t matter if feeding lulls your baby to sleep in the early months. But by three or four months you may want to try putting him down awake so that he’ll learn to fall asleep on his own. TEACH YOUR BABY THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NIGHT & DAY Many babies mix up their days and nights at first, sleeping long stretches during the day, only to perk up at night-time. Helping your baby learn to tell day from night is an important first step to getting into a workable routine. During the day, keep the house bright. At night, do the opposite, keeping the house dim and quiet. Don’t talk to your baby much during night feeds. Let him learn that night is for sleeping and daytime is for socialising and playtime. Try changing your baby’s clothes when he wakes up and again at bedtime, to let him know when the day is starting and ending. By the time your baby is about eight weeks old, he’ll have begun to tell the difference between day and night. LEARN TO READ YOUR BABY’S CUES Websites, books, your health visitor, and other parents can all help as you work out the best routine for your baby. But let your baby be your guide, too. He’ll tell you what he needs, if you learn to read his cues. Learning about your baby’s patterns can help you anticipate his needs. Eventually, you’ll be able to spot the signs that your baby is getting sleepy. You can then put him to bed before he becomes over-tired and fussy. Learning what your baby needs takes time and patience. But you’ll see patterns emerge. And if you make a note of your baby’s naps, feeds, and playtime, you can use this record to help you to create a routine. FOR THE FIRST FEW WEEKS, PUT YOUR BABY’S ROUTINE FIRST The prospect of ever establishing a routine when you have a new baby may seem an impossibility. And you should certainly expect to put everything on hold in the early days. But over the first few weeks, take time to observe your baby’s patterns, and you may be able to build 1 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

a simple routine around him. Once you establish a routine, try to avoid disrupting it with lots of outings. Of course, life with a baby is busy, and changing things for an afternoon isn’t going to undo your good work. Even so, it’s best to keep your baby’s routine as consistent as possible while he’s getting used to it. It may help you to keep a focus and an order to the day too, amidst feeds and nappy changes. EXPECT CHANGES DURING GROWTH SPURTS & MILESTONES Your baby will accomplish so much in his first year. He’ll nearly triple his weight and achieve some major milestones like sitting, crawling, and maybe even walking. Your baby is likely to have a growth spurt in his first three weeks and then again at: between six weeks and eight weeks at about three months at about six months During these periods of growth or when he’s trying to master a new skill, don’t be surprised if your baby doesn’t follow his usual routine. He may need more sleep, or return to waking up several times a night. It’s normal to feel a bit overwhelmed if the routine you’ve perfected just doesn’t seem to work anymore. Your baby may be back into his routine shortly, or this may just be a sign that you need to make a few adjustments. ADJUST YOUR BABY’S ROUTINE TO SUIT HIS AGE It may feel like just when you’ve got into a predictable pattern with your baby, it’s time to change it again. As your baby gets older, he’ll need fewer daytime naps and more playtime and stimulation. He’ll also need to eat solid foods. As these developmental changes happen, your baby’s routine will change too. DON’T EXPECT PERFECTION Try not to expect that your baby’s routine will always run like clockwork. Although babies like consistency, you can expect changes from day to day and as your baby grows. Sometimes, for whatever reason, your baby will want to skip a nap, have an extra snack, or wake up early. Life will get in the way too. Holidays, older siblings and plans with friends and family will all play a part in your daily life with your baby. An occasional break shouldn’t cause too much disruption to your baby’s routine.

SuSIe andTOTO

Yummy Mummy ad_125x85_FINAL.indd 1

MADE IN ITALY FOR LITTLE PEOPLE

Quality garments for the little ones in your life, newborn to four!

Use the code 'Y U M M Y T E N ' to redeem 10% oďŹ&#x20AC; the new Spring Summer collection at www.susieandtoto.com

20/11/2014 08:13

YUMMY MUMMY

Baby bathtime B

abies only need a bath two or three times a week, with a wash in between. But if your baby really enjoys it, bathe them every day. Don’t bathe your baby straight after a feed or when they’re hungry or tired. Make sure the room is warm. Have everything you need at hand: a baby bath filled with warm water, two towels, a clean nappy, clean clothes and cotton wool. he water should be warm, not hot. Check it with T your wrist or elbow and mix it well so there are no hot patches. Hold your baby on your knee and clean their face, as described above. N ext, wash their hair with plain water, supporting them over the bowl. O nce you’ve dried their hair gently, you can take off their nappy, wiping away any mess.

2 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

L ower your baby gently into the bowl or bath using one hand to hold their upper arm and support their head and shoulders. Don’t add any liquid cleansers to the bath water. Plain water is best for your baby’s skin in the first month. Keep your baby’s head clear of the water. Use the other hand to gently swish the water over your baby without splashing. Never leave your baby alone in the bath, not even for a second. Lift your baby out and pat them dry, paying special attention to the creases in their skin. This is a good time to massage your baby. Massage can help them relax and sleep. Avoid using any oils or lotions until your baby is at least a month old. If your baby seems frightened of bathing and cries, try bathing together. It’s easier if someone else holds your baby while you get in and out of the bath

www.mobauk.com

* Safe * Hygienic * Strong * Eco-Friendly * Silent Luxury matching bedding range now available!

Made In Great Britain

YUMMY MUMMY

Teething problems? A baby’s first teeth (known as milk or deciduous teeth) usually develop while the child is growing in the womb. In most babies, these teeth start to emerge through the gums when they are around six months old. This process is known as teething. THE TEETHING PROCESS Most babies start teething at around six months. However, all babies are different and the timing of teething varies.Some babies are born with their first teeth. Others start teething before they are four months old, and some after 12 months. Early teething should not cause a child any problems, unless it affects their feeding. A rough guide to the different stages of teething is: bottom front teeth (incisors) – these are the first to come through, at around five to seven months top front teeth (incisors) – these come through at around six to eight months top lateral incisors (either side of the top front teeth) – these come through at around nine to 11 months bottom lateral incisors (either side of the bottom front teeth) – these come through at around 10-12 months molars (back teeth) – these come through at around 12-16 months canines (towards the back of the mouth) – these come through at around 16-20 months second molars – these come through at around 20-30 months Most children will have all of their milk teeth by the time they are two and a half years old. TEETHING SYMPTOMS Some teeth grow with no pain or discomfort at all. At other times you may notice that the gum is sore and red where the tooth is coming through, or that one cheek is flushed. Your baby may dribble, gnaw and chew a lot, or just be fretful. Some people attribute a wide range of symptoms to teething, such as diarrhoea and fever. However, there is no research to prove that these other symptoms are linked. You know your baby best. If their behaviour seems unusual, or their symptoms are severe or causing you concern, then seek medical advice. There are several ways you can help make teething easier for your baby. Every child is different, and you may have to try several different things until you find something that works for your baby. TEETHING RINGS Teething rings give your baby something to safely chew

2 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

on, which may ease their discomfort and provide a distraction from any pain. Some teething rings can be cooled first in the fridge, which may help to soothe your baby’s gums. Follow the instructions that come with the ring so you know how long to chill it for. Never put a teething ring in the freezer as it could damage your baby’s gums if it becomes very hard or cold. Also, never tie a teething ring around your baby’s neck, as it may be a choking hazard. A useful alternative to a teething ring is a cold, wet flannel. TEETHING GELS For babies over four months old, you can rub sugar-free teething gel on their gums. Teething gels often contain a mild local anaesthetic, which helps to numb any pain or discomfort caused by teething. The gels may also contain antiseptic ingredients, which help to prevent infection in any sore or broken skin in your baby’s mouth. Make sure you use a teething gel specifically designed for young children and not a general oral pain relief gel, which is not suitable for children. You should discuss with your GP the teething gel options for babies under four months old. IF YOUR BABY IS CHEWING One of the signs that your baby is teething is that they start to chew on their fingers, toys or other objects they get hold of. Try and give healthy things for your baby to chew, such as raw fruit and vegetables. For example, pieces of apple and carrot are often ideal. You could also try giving your baby a crust of bread or a breadstick. Always stay close in case they choke. It is best to avoid rusks because nearly all brands contain some sugar. Avoid any items that contain lots of sugar as this can cause tooth decay even if your child only has a few teeth. Make sure you always supervise your child when they are eating. PAINKILLING MEDICINE FOR TEETHING Aspirin should not be given to children under 16 years old. If your baby is in pain or has a raised temperature, you may want to give them a painkilling medicine that has been specifically designed for children. These medicines contain a small dose of paracetamol or ibuprofen to ease any discomfort. The medicine should also be sugar-free. Always follow the dosage instructions that come with the medicine. If you are not sure, ask your GP or pharmacist.

The Wellbaby range has been formulated by Vitabiotics’ nutritional experts, to help safeguard your child’s diet every day. The nutritional requirements of babies and young children are particularly high in order to support health and rapid physical growth. The UK Department of Health recommends that all infants aged from six months onwards should be given a supplement that contains vitamins A, C and D.1,2 Each Wellbaby formula provides a carefully balanced range of nutrients. Multi-vitamin Drops – with iron, zinc, vitamins A, C and D comes with measuring syringe to safely administer drops onto your baby’s tongue. Infant Liquid – great tasting liquid with 14 vitamins and minerals including vitamins A, C and D, plus Swiss Alpine malt. Vit D Drops – provides the exact level of vitamin D for young children as recommended by the UK Department of Health, which is needed for normal growth and development of bone in children.

Also available for your growing child

MULTI-VITAMIN DROPS

INFANT LIQUID

VIT.D DROPS

INFANTS 4–12 months

4 months to 5 years

SMART CHEWABLE

SOFTJELLY

OMEGA-3 SOFTBURST

CALCIUM LIQUID

CHILDREN 4–12 years

ADWBYCONP 02-15E

Great tasting VITAMINS for babies From , Superdrug, Holland & Barrett, supermarkets, chemists, health stores and & www.vitabiotics.com 1. Source: Healthy Start. 2. Unless they are drinking 500ml (or approx. 1 pint) of infant formula a day, as infant formula has vitamins added to it *Nielsen GB ScanTrack Total Coverage 52 w/e 31 Jan 2015.

YUMMY MUMMY

Discover the world of

2 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

n November 1967, The House of Dior launched its children’s range. The event took on a fairytale feel with an exceptional patron, her Highness Princess Grace of Monaco, who asked Mr Dior to design the birth outfits of her coming daughter Caroline, and thus Mr Dior decided to add a Baby range, which led to the creation of the legend of Baby Dior and its creation of baby outfits. Utterly charming, Baby Dior dresses babies and children in an endearing style from head to toe. Dior has retained all its historical expertise in the same Workshops for forty years. Some famous customers also contributed to the baby Dior refined and charming reputation, Sophia Loren, Salima Aga Khan, Jane Birkin, Christina Onassis and Jerry Hall. Dior little girls enjoy a sophisticated wardrobe with Couture touches. As for boys, the fitted outfits are cleverly inspired by menswear. Each season provides the opportunity to delve into Monsieur Dior’s archives, which are an endless source of inspiration. The collections blend Dior’s timeless heritage with the romantic charm of childhood. Combining delicate opulence with a slightly cheeky look, Baby Dior unveils all the riches of the Dior colour palette through its collections that are always in line with current trends.

BABY DIOR SPRING COLLECTION The Baby Dior Spring-Summer 2015 collection takes us on a journey in Christian Dior’s footsteps. It starts in the springtime with a transatlantic crossing headed for New York, where the couturier sailed in 1947. Sunray-pleat dresses, Corolle skirts in pastel tones and a leather Bar jacket for girls; shades of blue interspersed with geometric strips for boys. The “New York Yellow” theme brings back the New Look silhouette, revisited in hues tinted with the cruise liner spirit and the architectural modernity of the Big Apple. BABY DIOR SUMMER COLLECTION Summer brings a trip to the Normandy countryside, where Christian Dior spent his childhood. Odes to the couturier’s passion for gardens and Impressionist paintings, Giverny and Poppy compose a wardrobe in fresh tones. Flowers and strokes of colour on dresses, shirts and T-shirts bring life to the silhouette with a touch of pictorial artistry. THE DETAILS BABY DIOR LONDON 6 Harriet Street SW1X 9JW DIOR LONDON HARRODS 87-135 Brompton Road SW1X 7XL www.dior.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 2 5

YUMMY MUMMY

babyballet

Tens of thousands of British babies and youngsters have fallen in love with dance - and exercise – over the past 10 years thanks to Yorkshire mum-of-four Claire O’Connor.

he 41-year-old set up her own song and dance academy, babyballet® in Halifax in 2005 and can now lay claim to running the UK’s leading pre-school dance concept. Claire’s dream of bringing ballet to everyone – not just the elite – started thanks to her own painful experiences. She attended classes from the age of three but instead of being the star pupil, as you might expect - as her mother, Barbara Peters, was a professional dancer and teacher - she and ballet didn’t fit together. “I loved ballet but it didn’t love me. I felt I was the wrong shape and that only the best were accepted. It left me with a tremendous lack of self-confidence and a poor body image,” she says. After spotting a gap in the market she set to work to bring exciting non-competitive classes to babies, toddlers and young children, which would be focussed on learning to dance through fun and increasing every child’s confidence. babyballet® now has 70 franchisees (all women) across the country with over 11,000 youngsters attending 1,000 classes per week, and has won numerous awards for her work, including ITV’s Mumpreneur, Best Business Parent, Best Baby/ Toddler Class in the National Loved By Parents Awards and is a Netmums winner.

2 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

Not only has babyballet® won numerous awards, it has been featured on TV, in prestigious newspapers and magazines, and is now a recognised children’s brand as well as being a leading player in the children’s franchise market. Alongside classes it has a thriving on-line shop selling branded uniform and merchandise, its own distinctive babyballet® car for franchisees, and lovable characters Twinkle, Teddy and friends who take part in numerous children’s festivals across the country including Lollibop and Geronimo. She is thrilled that babyballet® has taken off in London and the south of England in the last few years, and can’t believe that her business is celebrating its 10th anniversary. “There has been a lot of blood, sweat and tears over the past 10 years but I wouldn’t change it for anything. It’s been a remarkable journey and I am delighted that so many children are now enjoying the classes and brand,” says Claire who is planning a big charity ball in Yorkshire in August to celebrate the milestone birthday. Several celebrities will be attending to raise money for the NSPCC. Claire was thrilled to meet two celebrities from the world of dance herself last year as she appeared in a life-affirming , inspiring documentary

on Channel 4 called ‘Big Ballet’ and through it went on to dance at the home of the Royal Ballet School in Covent Garden, London. The programme was fronted by ballet legend Wayne Sleep and Irish ballerina Monica Loughman. She described taking part in Big Ballet as uplifting and life-changing but said the best bit was that the programme (about a troupe of plus-size amateur ballerinas) echoed the ethos of babyballet®, that ballet and dance is for everyone, no matter what their size, and that the benefits are fantastic – especially for youngsters. “Babies develop through being active and exploring the environment so moving and dance activities help them develop key skills in all areas of their development such as coordination, balance, flexibility and strength. “Being physical in a creative way also helps their self-esteem, imagination and selfconfidence. Learning to dance helps develop children’s bodies and brains and research shows that babies are born to dance and really enjoy it,” she says. THE DETAILS Anyone who would like details of their nearest babyballet® class or becoming a franchisee should visit www.babyballet.co.uk or call 01422 329471.

YUMMY MUMMY

FUSSY EATERS It’s natural for parents to worry about whether their child is getting enough food, especially if they refuse to eat sometimes. Don’t worry about what your child eats in a day, or if they don’t eat everything in a meal. It’s more important to think about what they eat over a week.

s long as your child is active and gaining weight, and it’s obvious they’re not ill, then they’re getting enough to eat, even if it may not seem like it to you. It’s perfectly normal for toddlers to refuse to eat or even taste new foods. As long as your child eats some food from the four main food groups (milk and dairy products, starchy foods, fruit and vegetables, protein), even if it’s always the same favourites, you don’t need to worry. Gradually introduce other foods or go back to the foods your child didn’t like before and try them again. The best way for your child to learn to eat and enjoy new foods is to copy you. Try to eat with them as often as you can so that you can set a good example. TIPS FOR PARENTS OF FUSSY EATERS Give your child the same food as the rest of the family, but remember not to add salt to your child’s food. Check the label of any food product you use to make family meals. Eat your meals together if possible. Give small portions and praise your child for eating, even if they only manage a little. If your child rejects the food, don’t force them to eat it. Just take the food away without comment. Try to stay

2 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

calm even if it’s very frustrating. Don’t leave meals until your child is too hungry or tired to eat. Your child may be a slow eater so be patient. Don’t give too many snacks between meals. Limit them to a milk drink and some fruit slices or a small cracker with a slice of cheese, for example. It’s best not to use food as a reward.Your child may start to think of sweets as nice and vegetables as nasty. Instead, reward them with a trip to the park or promise to play a game with them. Children sometimes get thirst and hunger mixed up. They might say they’re thirsty when really they’re hungry. Make mealtimes enjoyable and not just about eating. Sit down and chat about other things. If you know any other children of the same age who are good eaters, ask them round for tea. A good example can work well, as long as you don’t talk too much about how good the other children are. Ask an adult that your child likes and looks up to to eat with you. Sometimes a child will eat for someone else, such as a grandparent, without any fuss. Children’s tastes change. One day they’ll hate something, but a month later they may love it.

A WILD PLACE TO 速 SHOP AND EAT

Rainforest Cafe is a unique venue bringing to life the sights and sounds of the rainforest. Come and try our fantastic menu! Includes gluten free, dairy free and organic options for kids. Download our app now!

PICCADILLY CIRCUS

JUST 2 MINUTES FROM PICCADILLY CIRCUS

Book online: www.therainforestcafe.co.uk Tel: 020 7434 3111 Email: sales@therainforestcafe.co.uk 20 Shaftesbury Avenue, Piccadilly Circus, London W1D 7EU

YUMMY MUMMY

Temper tantrums Temper tantrums usually start at around 18 months and are very common at that age. One in five two-year-olds has a temper tantrum every day.

ne reason for this is that two-year-olds want to express themselves but find it difficult. They feel frustrated and the frustration comes out as a tantrum. Once a child can talk more they’re less likely to have tantrums. By the age of four, tantrums are far less common. These ideas may help you to cope and deal with tantrums when they happen... FIND OUT WHY THE TANTRUM IS HAPPENING Your child may be tired or hungry, in which case the solution is simple. They could be feeling frustrated or jealous, maybe of another child. They may need time, attention and love, even though they’re not being very loveable. UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT YOUR CHILD’S ANGER You probably feel the same way yourself at times, but you can express it in other ways. FIND A DISTRACTION If you think your child is starting a tantrum, find something to distract them with straight away. This could be something you can see out of the window. Say, for example, “Look! A cat”. Make yourself sound as surprised and interested as you can. WAIT FOR IT TO STOP Losing your temper or shouting back won’t end the tantrum. Ignore the looks you get from people around you and concentrate on staying calm. Giving in won’t help in the long term. If you’ve said no, don’t change your mind and say yes just to end the tantrum. Otherwise, your child will start to think that tantrums can get them what they want. For the same reason, it doesn’t help to bribe them with sweets or treats. If you’re at home, try going into another room for a while. Make sure your child can’t hurt themselves first. BE PREPARED WHEN YOU’RE OUT SHOPPING Tantrums often happen in shops. This can be embarrassing, and embarrassment makes it harder to stay calm. Keep shopping trips short. Start by going out to buy one or two things only, and build up from there. Involve your child in the shopping by talking about what you need and letting them help you. Try holding your child firmly until the tantrum passes Some parents find this helpful, but it can be

3 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

hard to hold a struggling child. It usually works when your child is more upset than angry and when you’re feeling calm enough to talk to them gently and reassure them. HITTING, BITING, KICKING AND FIGHTING Most young children occasionally bite, hit or push another child. Toddlers are curious and may not understand that biting or pulling hair hurts. This doesn’t mean your child will grow up to be aggressive. Here are ways to teach your child that this behaviour is unacceptable. DON’T HIT, BITE OR KICK BACK This could make your child think it’s acceptable to do this. Instead, make it clear that what they’re doing hurts and that you won’t allow it. TAKE THEM OUT OF THE SITUATION If you’re with other children, say you’ll leave or ask the other children to leave unless your child’s behaviour improves. You must be prepared to carry this out if you want it to work. PUT YOUR CHILD IN ANOTHER ROOM If you’re at home, try this for a short period. Check that they’re safe before you leave them. TALK TO THEM Children often go through phases of being upset or insecure, and express their feelings by being aggressive. Finding out what’s worrying them is the first step to being able to help. SHOW THEM YOU LOVE THEM, BUT NOT THEIR BEHAVIOUR Children may be behaving badly because they need more love. Show you love them by praising good behaviour and giving them plenty of cuddles when they’re not behaving badly. HELP THEM LET THEIR FEELINGS OUT IN ANOTHER WAY Find a big space, such as a park, and encourage your child to run and shout. Letting your child know that you recognise their feelings will make it easier for them to express themselves without hurting anyone else. You could try saying things like: “I know you’re feeling angry about…”. As well as showing you recognise their frustration, it will help them be able to name their own feelings and think about them. Ask an expert. If you’re seriously concerned about your child’s behaviour, talk to your health visitor or GP.

YUMMY MUMMY

little

LIBERTY L iberty is one of the last great emporiums for innovative and eclectic design. Situated in the heart of London since 1875, it remains to this day the destination of choice for the savvy and sophisticated shopper. At Liberty, a rich heritage combines with the cutting edge and avant-garde, making each visit a voyage of discovery and excitement. You will be inspired and delighted by the carefully selected offering of beautiful and luxurious products, welcoming you into their eccentric, indulgent and utterly charming world, for you to get truly lost in Liberty. Their whimsical and exciting Children’s department on the 3rd floor, spans over 2,000 square feet. Step inside Little Liberty for a world class edit of designer kids clothes, toys, gifts, accessories and books. Little Liberty has a very crafty, organic and quirky feel: the entire space is decorated with a story book style hand-drawn motif of a giant tree which will spread out over draws, tables and chairs. The wooden floor is dotted with candy stripe rugs and crocheted pouffes, colourful stools and handmade felt oversized toys. An interactive area also offers a chance to try out the various toys on offer. Clothing ranges from newborn baby to 12 years for both boys and girls. Brands include the likes of Liberty London Childrenswear, Acne Miniature, Barbour Children, Kenzo Kids, Paul Smith Junior, Stella McCartney Kids, Roksanda Ilincic Blossom, Karen Brost and Petit Bateau. THE DETAILS Liberty Regent Street, London W1B 5AH www.liberty.co.uk

3 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

HOUSE OF HOLLAND X MR MEN BOMBER JACKET £170

WILLOW ROSE PRINT DRESS LIBERTY.CO.UK £80

YUMMY MUMMY

Every Child’s Dream...

Children lead by example so treat them to a mini replica of your sports car from Flying Gadgets at HARRODS RIDE ON RANGE ROVER EVOQUE CAR £359.00 Boasting a stylish representation of the original, this Range Rover Evoque Car boasts a high-tech ride-on electric design, which can be controlled by remote control. Additional features include a key start, working head and taillights, indicators and horn. Licensed by Range Rover, it is complemented with an integrated MP3 player, 6V high power battery and four hour battery life. Range Rover Evoque Car Licensed by Range Rover Ride-on electric car Can be controlled with remote control Key start Working head and taillights, indicators and horn MP3 player 15 minute assembly 6V high power battery 12 hour charging time 4 hour battery life (per charge) Age 3-6 years old RIDE ON FERRARI CAR £359.00 Boasting a sleek polished red finish, this iconic Ferrari Car showcases a high-tech ride-on design, which can be controlled by remote control. Additional features include a key start, working head and taillights, indicators and horn. Licensed by Ferrari, it is complemented with an integrated MP3 player, 6V high power battery and four hour battery life. Ferrari Car Licensed by Ferrari Ride-on electric car

3 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

Can be controlled with remote control Key start Working head and taillights, indicators and horn MP3 player 15 minute assembly 6V high power battery 12 hour charging time 4 hour battery life (per charge) Aged 3-6 years old BENTLEY GT RIDE ON CAR £359.00 This realistic scale replica of a white Bentley GT is the perfect gift for a lucky boy or girl. This ride on car features a 6V battery, seatbelt and parental remote control for safety. This miniature car includes realistic sounds of the key start ignition and engine, to steering wheel sounds on turns, a horn and working lights. H48cm x W128cm x D65cm Mp3 Connection Lead 6V Battery and Charger Working Lights Seat belt User Manual Remote Control Age: 3-6 years old THE DETAILS Harrods 87-135 Brompton Road Knightsbridge, SW1X 7XL www.harrods.com flyinggadgets.com

Scoot into summer with scooters Scooters for all the family from the iconic, award winning, original and best scooter brand.

Swiss designed and engineered

Shop online www.micro-scooters.co.uk

YUMMY MUMMY

Bedtime stories

Bedtime reading is one of the last great family institutions, sharing books with your baby or child and reading aloud with them at bedtime is a fun, warm and loving experience.

ust by reading aloud together for ten minutes a day will see them grow into eager, confident learners, acquiring listening skills and gaining new words that are far beyond their reading ability. Babies and children love routine and rituals. The joy of looking forward to a story makes a bedtime routine so much more fun and exciting. Ending the day with a loving cuddle and a book helps a child wind down ready for sleep. Even babies that are too young to understand the story will be soothed and calmed by your voice when you share a book with them. Babies and children who love books and the pleasure of hearing stories and rhymes

3 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

have a flying start when it comes to learning to read by themselves. But remember to keep sharing books together even when your child can capably read alone. It is still so worth making the effort for this time of closeness â&#x20AC;&#x201C; not to mention the educational benefits of books for babies and young children, which are very well documented. There are also benefits of shared reading in emotional terms. It is a special time of intimacy, a bonding experience, and a lovely way to finish the day. So the message is clear: make the time as often as you can, and both you and your child will reap the rewards. You can share in the magic of bedtime reading for many, many years.

The safe way for babies to sleep Prepare your baby for a good night’s rest by wrapping him up in his very own cosy sleeping bag It is normal for babies to wake during the night, particularly in the first few months of life. However, research has shown that babies often wake because they wriggle about, kicking off, tangling in, or even slipping down under conventional blankets and duvets. As a result, babies can easily become too hot or too cold, and it is this discomfort that leads to distress and the inevitable crying. By replacing blankets and duvets with a Slumbersac baby sleeping bag, you can keep your baby at a safe and comfortable temperature throughout the night. Because your baby will be warm and snug in her Slumbersac, she will be less likely to wake in the night and more likely to go back to sleep if she does. When used as part of the bedtime routine, a sleeping bag is great for helping your baby to settle. After an evening bath, put your baby into his sleeping bag for a cuddle, and you’ll find it simpler and far less stressful when you put him into his cot. Night-time nappy changes are also easy because Slumbersac sleep sacks have an all-round zip.

Sleeping bags with feet! Slumbersac’s newest sleeping bag is specially designed for toddlers and young children. This clever design has holes at the bottom that children can put their feet through when they want to walk around, and then pull them back into the sleep sack when they go to bed to stay cosy and warm! As well as being super practical, these bags are also safe as they can help to prevent little ones tripping up, especially when they are learning to get about on their own for the first time! Personalised comfort Baby sleeping bags come in a wide range of sizes and togs. The tog size determines the thickness of the sleeping bag and therefore how warm it keeps your child. Whether it’s summer or winter, Slumbersac offers sleeping bags for every season, and a wide choice of designs featuring beautiful embroidery, appliqués and prints to suit boys and girls, and to coordinate with your baby’s nursery. All sleeping bags are made from – and lined with – 100% cotton. Padded with quick-dry, soft polyester fleece, Slumbersac baby sleeping bags are easily machinewashed and tumble-dried, and they make the ideal gift for babies and toddlers because they are both practical and attractive! And by choosing Slumbersac’s name embroidery option, you can also personalize your gift. THE DETAILS

Save 10% when ordering online, by entering the following promotion code during checkout:YM10 including free UK delivery and returns. Call Customer Service on 01202 825081. Visit www.slumbersac.co.uk for further details.

YUMMY MUMMY

PICTURE COURTESY OF SWIMWAY WWW.SWIMWAY.CO.UK

Baby and Toddler

Activity Classes Whether you want to enrol your little one in baby music class or think your toddler’s ready to start football, you’ll have no problem finding the right parenting class for you and your pre-schooler – and near where you live

igning up for a baby or toddler class isn’t only a great way to get you and your tot out of the house regularly, it also gives you both a chance to get all social. Not to mention, your little one can learn a new skill or burn off some excess energy – and hopefully sleep better. They may seem a little expensive, but many classes offer a free taster session, so you can give it a go and see if it suits you and your tot. BABY YOGA Baby yoga is bursting with benefits and is fast becoming a seriously trendy mum/baby activity – so it shouldn’t be too hard to find a class near you. Using a range of gentle stretches and movements to calm and relax your baby, it aids sleep, boosts digestion and is a great way for you both to bond. We recommend: www.tattybumpkin.com

3 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

BABY SWIMMING The phrase ‘water baby’ wasn’t pulled out of thin air – a lot of little ‘uns love splashing around and find swimming a really calming activity. Plus, it’s never too soon to introduce your baby to water. We recommend: www.swimway.co.uk BABY SENSORY Ideal for boosting your baby’s development and stimulating his senses, baby sensory classes use varying sensory experiences (e.g. visual, auditory and tactile) to help your tot learn to build on all the skills he needs to grow. We recommend: www.babysensory.com TODDLER ART CLASSES Crafting isn’t just fun for little ones – it’s a brilliant way

to really encourage them to tap into their creativity. And enrolling your toddler in a class can help him learn to make choices, share, listen, observe and pretend – as well as play and interact with other children. We recommend: www.thecreationstation.co.uk LANGUAGE CLASSES Learning languages is so much easier when you’re young, so, whether you’re planning to bring your baby up bilingual or simply want your tot get a bit more cultured a language class could be a brilliant addition to his development. We recommend: www.lajolieronde.co.uk TODDLER GYMNASTICS Designed to develop motor skills in areas of agility, balance, climbing and coordination, pre-school gymnastic

classes let children explore freely and control their movements more precisely. Plus anything including soft play is bound to be fun for little ones! We recommend: www.tumbletots.co.uk TODDLER RUGBY Believe it or not, toddler rugby IS a thing and it’s far gentler than the adult version of the sport. Children as young as two years can attend to build us their balance, agility and co-ordination skills – and have lots of fun doing it. We recommend: www.rugbytots.co.uk TODDLER FOOTBALL You don’t have to be at school to play football in a team - children as young as 18 months can sign up for this class! We recommend: www.littlekickers.co.uk

M AY 2 0 1 5 3 9

YUMMY MUMMY

CAPTIVATING ART FOR

Childrens bedrooms

ou can brighten up their bedroom, nursery or playroom with a captivating children’s wall mural, and create an adventure wonderland. There are many cool designs available, including Disney classics, Winnie the Pooh, fairies and animals for the girls and Spiderman, Batman, football stadiums, cars, dinosaurs and pirates for the boys. All are sure to bring a smile to your little ones’ faces, and make them feel comfortable in their own room. (hopefully no jumping into bed with Mum and Dad!) To transform your child or baby’s bedroom with a personalised theme, you could commission something

4 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

bespoke by uploading an image online, or order readymade designs. With a lot of different materials also available you can pick and choose what is right for your child. You could use your child’s wall mural as a learning tool with an alphabet, times tables or a world globe for example. If you prefer not to cover a whole wall there are a huge selection of high quality vinyl wall stickers available to suit your space.

Let their imaginations run wild and create a visual masterpiece!

YUMMY MUMMY

play and learn ideas to help your child

Play ideas at any age

PLAYING WITH WATER Babies, toddlers and young children love playing with water – in the bath, paddling pool or just using the sink or a plastic b owl. Use plastic bottles for pouring and squirting each other, plastic tubing, a sponge, a colander, straws and anything else that’s unbreakable. You’ll probably both get wet! Never leave a young child alone with water. A baby or young child can drown in only two inches of water. READING TO YOUR BABY You can start looking at books with your baby to help them with their future learning. The time spent also allows you to bond with them and is good for emotional wellbeing. Even before babies learn to speak, they will enjoy hearing you read to them. Listening to you will give them a feel for the sounds, rhythms and rhymes of language. Even small babies like looking at picture books. Local libraries usually have a good range of children’s books. Some run story sessions for young children. Even if it’s for only 10 minutes a day, it will help them build important skills and encourage their interest in reading.

Play ideas from 18 months DRAWING AND PAINTING Use crayons, felt tips or powder paint. You can make powder paint thicker by adding washing-up liquid as well as water. Firstly, show your child how to hold the crayon or paintbrush. If you don’t have paper, you can use the insides of cereal boxes or old envelopes that have been cut open. PAPER BAG OR ENVELOPE PUPPETS Use old paper bags and envelopes to make hand puppets. Draw faces on them or stick things on to make your own characters. Get the puppets to “talk” to each other, or to you and your child. WALKING Encourage your child to walk with you (you may want to use reins for safety) as soon as they are able. It might slow you down, but it’s a great way for both of you to get some exercise.

Play ideas from 24 months DRESSING UP Collect old hats, bags, gloves, scarves, nighties,

4 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

lengths of material, tea towels and curtains. Make sure there are no loose cords, strings or ribbons that could wrap around your child’s neck or trip them (or you) up. Paper plates or cut up cereal packets make good masks. Cut slits for the eyes and attach them to your face with string. TV Consider limiting your child’s TV viewing to less than two hours a day from two years old, and ideally no TV viewing before the age of two. TV can entertain your child and give you a bit of time to do other things. Try not to have it on all the time, though. Always know what your child is watching. When possible, watch with your child so that you can talk together about what you’re watching.

Play ideas from 30 months TOY SAFETY When buying toys, look for the British Standard kitemark, lion mark or CE mark, which show that the toy meets safety standards. Toys usually have age warnings on them. If a toy is marked as “Not suitable for children under 36 months”, don’t give it to a baby or toddler under three. Check toys for sharp edges or small parts that your child could swallow. BUTTON BATTERY WARNING Some electrical toys contain small, round batteries called button batteries. As well as being a choking hazard, these can cause severe internal burns if swallowed or lodged in your child’s ear or nose. Keep button batteries well away from your child and make sure that battery compartments on toys are properly secured with a screw. If you suspect your child has swallowed a button battery, take them to A&E straightaway or call 999. TOYS FOR CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS Toys for children with special needs should match their developmental age and ability. Ideally, they should be brightly coloured, make a noise and have some moving parts. If your child is using a toy intended for a younger age group, make sure that it’s strong enough and won’t get broken. Children with a visual impairment will need toys with different textures to explore with their hands and mouth. Children with impaired hearing will need toys to stimulate language, such as puzzles that involve matching “finger-spelled” letters to appropriate pictures.

“OUTSTANDING”* 1 Montessori education 1 Open 8am – 6pm (50 weeks per annum) 1 Extra curricular activities including French, Ballet, Baby Massage Football Coaching, Swimming & Gymnastics

Call: Fulham 020 7386 0006

Shepherds Bush 020 8749 2877

Taking care of Little People since 1978

www.littlepeople.co.uk

Olé Kids

Spanish classes for children and parents

Bilingual and beginners. Children learn languages through immersion and play. ★Group classes across London ★Spanish in Nurseries ★After School Clubs ★Private classes at home ★Birthday parties Free weekend workshops at Iberica Canary Wharf while you eat www.ibericalondon.co.uk ★Adult Spanish Classes

Facebook: olekidslondon Twitter: ole_kids

Telephone : 020 7386 0376 Mobile: 07734900221 Email : info@olekids.com www.olekids.com

YUMMY MUMMY

Is my child lazy or is it a learning problem? BY NADIA ENNON

Like any parent, I want to see my children succeed in life. I know they are fit & healthy and far from unintelligent, yet they don’t seem to be keeping up at school.

re they just lazy or is there a learning problem? If there is a learning problem, what do I do about it? This was the question I proposed to the Alison Lawson Centre when my daughter just didn’t seem to be embracing school as I expected her to. Rebecca said she hated school. Friends would ask “How are you getting on at school Rebecca, do you like it?” “No I hate it.” would be the reply. Before she went to school everyone thought she would be fine, tall for her age with a large vocabulary and plenty of self-confidence, you wouldn’t have thought Rebecca would have any problems. However at the age 6 she already was having issues with reading, spelling, memory, handwriting, and concentration. Additionally her frustration and anxiety levels were way up while her

4 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

self-esteem was actually pretty low when it came to the academic arena. THE STRUGGLE Rebecca was now at the end of year 1 and she was struggling. It wasn’t just in one area of learning, she struggled with reading and writing but also with concentration and organization. She would jump lines in reading, had poor letter formation and very slow at anything. She was beginning to be kept in at lunch to finish work, she hated PE because she couldn’t get dressed/undressed quick enough and homework was becoming a nightmare. Trying to concentrate on school work after dinner she would just say “I can’t” and often end up crying. Had the school picked up anything? Labelled ‘borderline’ by the SEN teacher and

told that “She could do it.” by her own teacher I was beginning to worry. Was Rebecca just being lazy or did she have a learning problem? Many people told me it was something that would just come and that I should just give it time. I knew I didn’t have time – Rebecca was beginning to lose her confidence. Not long before the summer holidays I heard about the Alison Lawson Centre. The website mentioned Dyslexia a lot and I thought “This isn’t what Rebecca needs.” – thankfully I read some of the first hand stories. The stories really interested me because there were descriptions in these accounts that really struck me as being so like Rebecca. Then I filled in an online assessment form and spoke to one of the people at the Centre. The form was an eye opener in itself because it asked questions about things that I thought were just Rebecca!! Her assessment took about an hour and I mostly left Rebecca with the Therapist to be tested on her own. Two interesting facts came out at the assessment. One was although she wrote with her right hand and kicked with her right foot, when looking down a tube she put it to her left eye. For some reason Rebecca didn’t trust her right eye. The second was when they tested her eyes following a pen. Rebecca’s right eye would suddenly flick out to the side and back. This was the final convincing evidence I needed, we were soon booked in for a ten day course of treatment! After we had been to assessment Rebecca showed more interest in writing and began labelling things on her pictures something she had never done before. The course we had booked spanned the last week of the school summer term and the first week of holidays. Because of the travelling and the intensity of the treatment I requested that Rebecca should have the last week off and although the school were a bit skeptical they did allow it.

At the age 6 she already was having issues with reading. She really struggled, Was very slow and often jumped lines.

THE TEN DAYS The actual treatment time was just under an hour which included a break. Rebecca took to the therapist from the first visit and enjoyed the eye treatments. Because of her age and ability level the course had been tailored to suit. Each night there was homework to complete and eye exercises to do. This was more challenging than the treatment because you had to make time to do them properly. After a few days Rebecca got used to them and they definitely were an important part of the course. During the course she began to write notes to me and a short note to the therapist. On the final night of treatment Rebecca suddenly decided to write. She wanted a special notebook and she wanted me to write things for her to copy. I would write things on my page and she would copy it neatly on to hers. She had no problem with switching focus between the two pieces of paper. 6 MONTHS ON Small changes began to take place that I noticed over the course of the summer holidays. Rebecca wanted to do coloring. I had to go and buy a coloring book!!

She had always been a free drawer and hated guidelines! She also wanted to do stickers – well we had loads of sticker books that had been given to her for birthdays etc. Up to then she had struggled with getting stickers into position correctly. One day Rebecca said “Do you know Mum, since my eye tests I can…

Read the rest of Rebecca’s story online The quick & effective Alison Lawson treatment, which is appropriate from age 5, has been used for over 20 years. The team have had first-hand experience in giving numerous children a brand new start in life with the Alison Lawson therapy and have a burning desire to pass these benefits to so many others, as they are seeing parents and teachers astounded over and over again. THE DETAILS Contact us at admin@dyslexia-treatment.co.uk or on 01935 403260 www.alisonlawson.com

M AY 2 0 1 5 4 5

YUMMY MUMMY

Best children’s b 7 T 9

To celebrate International Children’s Books Day, the BBC Culture team unv

he books were chosen by a panel of adult experts but there has been some controversy. Not a single book on the list was published after 1968, so the list misses out on Harry Potter, His Dark Materials and the David Walliams books, to name just three.

The BBC’s list, in reverse order, is:

LITTLE HOUSE ON THE PRAIRIE

BY LAURA INGALLS WILDER

One of nine books that Ingalls Wilder wrote about her childhood, Little House on the Prairie, which was first published in 1935, is seen as an American classic. Detailing Ingalls Wilder’s life in “a little house made of wood” in Wisconsin, the book (which is actually set in Kansas) inspired a famous TV series.

A WRINKLE IN TIME

BY MADELEINE L’ENGLE

Published in 1962, heroine Meg has to travel space and time to find her missing time-travelling father. This book won the prestigious Newbery prize when it was first

4 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

WINNIE THE POOH

published, and features one of the first kickass young adult heroines.

BY AA MILNE

A WIZARD OF EARTHSEA

BY URSULA LE GUIN

Before Harry Potter, Sparrowhawk attends the original school for wizards! Published in 1968, A Wizard of Earthsea explores notions of good and evil and has a hero tempted by a stone which gives unlimited knowledge and power. Sound a little familiar, anyone? Studio Ghibli made a film version in 2006, but Ursula Le Guin was said to be unhappy with the results.

CHARLIE AND THE CHOCOLATE FACTORY BY ROALD DAHL

Dahl’s 1964 novel is his most famous and bestloved work. Little Charlie Bucket is one of five lucky winners of a golden ticket which allows him to tour Willy Wonka’s mysterious chocolate factory - but what fate will befall him and the other four (odious) children on their visit? Full of wonder, magic and, best of all, sweets, this book made us all dream of having our own lifetime’s supply of Everlasting Gobstoppers…

Probably the most famous bear in the world, Winnie and friends’ adventures in the Hundred Acre Wood have inspired children since 1926. The loveable bear with a taste for honey wasn’t blessed with the most brains, but the books and countless films he has starred in has made him, Piglet, Tigger, Rabbit and all the other creatures iconic.

THE LITTLE PRINCE

BY ANTOINE DE ST EXUPERY

books of all time?

nveiled its poll for what critics say are the 11 best children’s books of all time! It’s not just the story that makes The Little Prince, published in 1943, a classic. Anyone who remembers reading it will remember the beautiful drawings that St Exupery also created. The Little Prince meets an aviator who has crashed his plane in the desert, and teaches him about life. Its most famous quote? “It is only with the heart that one can see clearly. The essential is invisible to the eyes.”

LITTLE WOMEN

BY LOUISA MAY ALCOTT

Every girl who reads Little Women has her own favourite March sister. The adventures

of Meg, Jo, Beth, Amy and their dashing neighbour Laurie have delighted us since 1868. The book follows the sisters from childhood to marriage, children and heartbreak, and created an everlasting feminist icon out of writer Jo March.

ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND BY LEWIS CARROLL

She turns 150 this year, but anyone reading Alice is still as enchanted and enthralled as ever. We follow her as she journeys down the rabbit hole into a land full of nonsense, mad hatters and cakes. It’s inspired sequels, countless adaptations and probably a million tea parties - and we still wish that we could find Wonderland one day.

WHERE THE WILD THINGS ARE BY MAURICE SENDAK

Is there any family in the land that doesn’t have a dog-eared copy of this beautiful book, published in 1963? Little Max escapes to his imagination after being sent to bed without any supper. In the land of the Wild Things, he eventually becomes King. The pictures are

beautiful and the story makes us all want our very own Wild Thing.

THE LION, THE WITCH AND THE WARDROBE BY CS LEWIS

Go on, admit it. You’ve spent time hiding in your wardrobe, just wishing that you’d feel the crunch of snow under your feet as you journey into Narnia. This book, published in 1950, was the first of CS Lewis’s Chronicles of Narnia. It tells the tale of the adventures of four evacuees, Peter, Susan, Edmund and Lucy, in the magical land of Narnia - where they must face the evil White Witch with help from the majestic lion - Aslan!

CHARLOTTE’S WEB BY EB WHITE

Whoever thought that a pig and a spider could be best friends? In Charlotte’s Web - voted by critics as the best children’s book of all time spider Charlotte spins words into her web to stop Wilbur the adorable pig being killed by the farmer. The 1952 book makes us cry every time and is a beautiful story of friendship, intelligence and sacrifice. A worthy winner?

M AY 2 0 1 5 4 7

YUMMY MUMMY

Manouchehri Bespoke Childrenswear E

stablished in 2014 Manouchehri is an online bespoke childenswear company. The seasonal range was launched in 2015 with the spring/ summer collection which follows a nautical theme drawing influence from historical clothing and fabrics. The Heritage line, specialising in traditional tweeds and corduroys was recently added and this is available throughout the year. The Heritage line was inspired by my love of country pursuits and the lack of suitable clothing for children to wear at such events, particularly the point to point and county shows. The ethos of the business is to produce high quality traditional children’s clothing made and sourced in Britain from natural fabrics, wherever possible up to and including buttons and trims. The summer range is all lined in cotton for comfort and to avoid allergic reactions which is common in nylon linings. The Heritage collection linings are all of the highest quality and are the same as those used on Saville Row. Our clothing is made to exacting standards and is designed to last. It is not throw away and can be handed down through the generations. Feedback from online customers and a recent survey has been very positive. Quotes include “finally, a quality traditional childrenswear brand that offers individual, limited styles”. The collections are produced in small runs to ensure exclusivity. Currently there are 15

4 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

girls and 12 boys pieces in the collections for ages ranging from 18 months to 10 years. However a bespoke made to measure service is offered to suit individual needs particularly for special occasions such as weddings, when it is necessary to align fabrics and styles with that of the bridal party. Prices range from £45 for a girls top, up to £200 for a 100% wool heritage blazer. Favorite designer picks include girls occasion dresses, skirts and jackets and the boys trousers, shorts and blazers. All orders are despatched in gift boxes tissue wrapped finished with a ribbon. I graduated from Northumbria university, school of design in 2012 and quickly identified a gap in the market for good quality traditional children’s’ clothing made from natural fabrics. The clothes available were of poor quality man made fibres and badly constructed. Inexpensive clothing encourages the throw away fashion mentality, which is not good for the environment. Additionally, they tended to be minaturised versions of adult pop culture inspired clothing. I felt that childhood is precious and children should remain children for as long as possible. THE DETAILS Manouchehri Bespoke Childrenswear UK 27 Tollgate Road, Hamsterly Mill, Northumberland NE39 1HF Telephone 07795 626250 / 01207 545351 www.manouchehri.co.uk

West London School of Dance From Baby to Ballerina Classes for Boys and Girls age 2 1/2 to 16 years old Ballet, Pointe Work Jazz, Singing, Tap Annual Performances

Classes held in Bayswater, Notting Hill Gate, Oxford Street, Shepherds Bush South Kensington

T: 020 8743 3856 E: westlondondance@aol.com W: www.westlondonschoolofdance.co.uk

YUMMY MUMMY

The Park Club WEST LONDON

ike a village in West London, The Park Club is West London’s sanctuary, set in 27 acres of beautiful landscape and offering a wealth of diverse activities and facilities for the whole family to enjoy. Amidst a rich mix of West London culture, family lifestyle and leisure opportunities, our members enjoy tranquility and comfort in a luxury surrounding. From enthusiastic beginners to seasoned pro’s, The Park Club caters to every age, level and ability; with a spacious fitness club, modern family gym and expert coaches, as well as our outdoor sporting facilities boasting a luxury open swimming pool and new outdoor tennis courts. Our members love our flexible private classes and no advanced booking; and there’s something to suit everyone! Get little ones involved in a wealth of activities including swimming, ballet, tennis, rugby and karate, as well as gymnastics and cricket. Our junior members also benefit from year-round social activities and sports coaching in one easy location in London, situated a convenient distance from Acton, Ealing, Chiswick and Notting Hill.. The Park Club boasts an all year-round Social Calendar that serves every family member from newborns to grandparents and packs a dynamic schedule of activities for all to enjoy, including our own Charity Boxing Event, Strictly Charity Dance competition and The Park Club Fireworks Spectacular to name but a few. You can also immerse yourself in our luxurious spa surroundings and feel relaxed and pampered in our Care Quality Commission registered MediSpa. Treat yourself to a desirous range of beauty and aesthetic treatments, as well as physiotherapy and specialist massages. Or catch up with family and friends on the Terrace overlooking the children’s adventure play areas or a quintessentially English game of cricket! Feel fit, have fun, relax and join a club with a distinguished Club with a warm community feel. THE DETAILS The Park Club East Acton Lane, London 020 8743 4321 www.parkclub.co.uk

5 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

THE PARK CLUB feel the difference... Call 0203 740 4323 or visit theparkclub.co.uk The Park Club East Acton Lane West London W3 7HB.

GYM AWARDS 2014 WINNER OF

BEST FOR FAMILIES

YUMMY MUMMY

CHILD SAFETY in the sun Exposing your child to too much sun may increase their risk of skin cancer later in life. Sunburn can also cause considerable pain and discomfort in the short term.

Tips to protect your child from sunburn Encourage your child to play in the shade – for example, under trees – especially between 11am and 3pm, when the sun is at its strongest. Keep babies under the age of six months out of direct sunlight, especially around midday. Cover exposed parts of your child’s skin with sunscreen, even on cloudy or overcast days. Use one that has a sun protection factor (SPF) of 15 or above and is effective against UVA and UVB. Don’t forget to apply it to their shoulders, nose, ears, cheeks and the tops of their feet. Reapply often throughout the day. Be especially careful to protect your child’s shoulders

5 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

and the back of their neck when they’re playing, as these are the most common areas for sunburn. Cover your child up in loose, baggy cotton clothes, such as an oversized T-shirt with sleeves. Get your child to wear a floppy hat with a wide brim that shades their face and neck. P rotect your child’s eyes with sunglasses that meet the British Standard (BSEN 1836:2005) and carry the “CE” mark (check the label or ask the manufacturer). If your child is swimming, use a waterproof sunblock of factor 15 or above. Reapply after towelling.

YOUR LOCAL WALK IN URGENT CARE CENTRE 7 DAYS A WEEK Mon - Fri 8am - 8pm Weekends 10am - 6pm All minor accidents, illnesses and injuries treated Children treated from age of one l Open 7 days a week l Onsite parking l Instant referrals to hospital l l

LOCATED AT THE GROVE END ROAD ENTRANCE OF THE HOSPITAL TWO MINUTES FROM ST JOHN’S WOOD TUBE STATION HOSPITAL OF ST JOHN & ST ELIZABETH, 60 GROVE END ROAD, ST JOHN’S WOOD, LONDON, NW8 9NH

www.casualtyfirst.co.uk

CASUALTY FIRST ADVERT FISH MEDIA 4.6.14.indd 1

06/10/2014 15:38

YUMMY MUMMY

Meet Mumpreneur:

Béatrice de Montille “You can reach your ambition by being organised and by surrounding yourself with talented people.”

rench mum living in London for 12 years, Béatrice de Montille launched in 2007 the brand Merci Maman Personalised Gifts & online boutique www.mercimamanboutique.com. They create bespoke jewellery for everyone, including men and teenagers, from their Fulham based studio. Each piece is unique and tells its own story. All our products are hand-engraved in French cursive letters, adding a personal and sentimental touch to each piece. In just 8 years, Merci Maman has developed from a small structure where Béatrice started to work from her kitchen table into a company now employing 15 people! Constantly growing since its outset in 2007. In February 2014, Merci Maman hit the spotlight: Kate Middleton, Duchess of Cambridge, was photographed wearing one of their necklaces that they gave her to celebrate the birth of Prince George. Merci Maman’s growth has also been the result of successful new product innovations, investments in digital marketing, investments in SEO, switching their website from .co.uk to a .com, and developments of sales through online stockists such as notonthehighstreet. com. Finally, they have just launched a new brand intended for shops, Message by Merci Maman, which you can now find at John Lewis! Béatrice splits her agenda between Merci Maman and her family, her four children and her husband Arnaud. She has managed to surround herself with talented people for this role of “Mumpreneur”

5 4 M AY 2 0 1 5

and says that she has “found a perfect balance between family life and professional life, working part time and having kept her leadership role in the company”. Her pride: no employees have yet left Merci Maman, which shows how much she “appreciates their different personalities and motivation”. It is a great satisfaction for her to be able to offer mums and young graduates work and help them to develop their talents through the responsibilities entrusted to them. She hopes to be an inspiration to all women who do not dare to take the step to entrepreneurship and who think that combining both worlds, family and work, would be impossible. She received the Franco-British Business Awards Entrepreneurship Award 2014 from the French Chamber of Commerce in Great Britain for her journey. “I realise that every action and decision I have taken has been a mean of learning that has brought me to the place I am today. I have also learned so much during my first working years for a big corporation, doing everything from sales to marketing that has lead me to the creation of my company. You must work hard and take risks to achieve your goals but it does not necessarily mean that you need to compromise on anything else.” THE DETAILS If you would like more information on Merci Maman visit the website at www.mercimamanboutique.com

YUMMY MUMMY

A guide to planning your children’s party...

Children’s birthday parties used to be modest affairs - not any more… today’s generation of competitive parents are spending thousands to make sure their adorable offspring have the best day money can buy.

S Q

o with money no object, we consulted the owner of Mystical Fairies, Meg Sussman, to provide those much needed tips to ensure your child’s Birthday Party will be a glitzy affair and the most talked about…

HOW DO I DECIDE ON A VENUE? Venues are tricky! Firstly I would suggest working out the expected number of guests. A massive room looks awful with only a few children. Younger children often feel comfortable in a familiar space so home is a good place to start. Having said that, if there is a venue you want that is offering all you need, that’s brilliant! Lastly any good entertainer can give you suggestions or recommendations so always ask. CAN SOMEONE ELSE ORGANISE FOR ME? There are many professional party planners out there to suit any budget, everything from a children’s tea party to a massive extravaganza. If you go to a party you have loved, ask who the event organiser was, often people are thrilled to recommend as it is a compliment to them. Whoever you choose you should feel comfortable with them, and know you are a priority to them and that they understand what you want. DO I NEED A THEME? Not necessarily. Sometimes we have found that the best parties come from something as simple as a favourite colour, although it is easier to start with a theme. However, some parents have spent an entire weekend at Frozen themed parties trying to explain to their child why Elsa didn’t recognise them or why she didn’t look the same each time. If you want your child’s A theme you choose for your child’s party should be something that they love, or at least was at the time of organising it! HOW MANY CHILDREN SHOULD I INVITE? Early years should be smaller amounts, children are overwhelmed by everything from the noise to lots of people being in their space, so this is very personal. As they get older, some invite the whole class, and some invite everyone they’ve ever met to show how fabulous they are at throwing parties! As long as the birthday child has their favourites then they will be thrilled, anyone else is a bonus. HOW FAR IN ADVANCE SHOULD I SEND INVITATIONS? Invitation etiquette is no more with the invention of email and texts. As soon as you have a venue and a date, then the sooner, the better! If inviting the whole class on a popular date, let it be known early so others can organise theirs on a separate day or time. You want everyone you invite to be able to attend yours, so definitely let them know in advance.

Q Q

5 6 M AY 2 0 1 5

I WANT TO INCLUDE A WISH LIST FOR BIRTHDAY GIFT IDEAS – MY CHILD IS VERY FUSSY. A hard one, if invitations are being sent to family, then do tell them what their favourite niece, nephew or grandchild would like! If there is a theme, many parents will try to stay within that, or if someone does ask what the birthday child wants say there are lots on the wish list, and give further ideas. Most things are returnable so explain nicely that they received the same thing and would love to swap it. If not returnable and you have to re-gift it, remember who gave it to you in the first place! HOW LONG SHOULD THE PARTY GO ON FOR? A one year olds’ birthday party can very happily go on for an hour and be filled with lots of songs and stories. If you have to entertain lots of different ages then a standard two hour party with lots of activities works well. We generally suggest a two hour party but equally a one or 3 have been known to happen and even an all- day event! Do what suits you. I WANT TO KEEP THE CHILDREN AMUSED,WHAT IS AVAILABLE IN THE WAY OF ENTERTAINMENT? Lots! Start with the interests of the birthday child and go from there. It could be as easy as a bowling, sport or theme party. Party organisers are more than willing to send in a character entertainer or magician, face painting or sing a long a music videos. HOW DO I GO ABOUT APPROACHING MY CHILDREN’S IDOL TO MAKE A GUEST APPEARANCE? If you have any mutual friends, then that is the first place to start. If you are going in cold, find out who the agent is. Google is your best friend although lots of organisers have in’s that you wouldn’t believe. WHAT SORT OF FOOD SHALL I ORDER, OR WILL THE VENUE CATER FOR THAT? Venues often have on site caterers, so always check to see what is and is not included. Parents always over cater, children are so excited that most don’t want to eat, they want to be active in the party. Start with the birthday child’s favourite food. It can be as simple as ordering in pizza and getting a cake! There are so many ways to go with party food, the theme can give you and the caterer ideas depending on ages. Cake professionals are always in high demand so do order one well in advance!

Q Q Q Q

At the end of the day, have a wonderful party and don’t forget to invite the Fairy Queen!

THE DETAILS For more information visit www.mysticalfairies.co.uk

YUMMY MUMMY

Mystical Fairies Conjuring Spectacular Unforgettable Memories

ystical Fairies is one of London’s top children’s party companies. They offer the widest possible variety of party themes, ranging from Princesses to Superheroes and everything in between. We have seen their parties with Scooby and the Mystery Inc. gang to the one where Harry Potter met Star Wars’ Luke and Leia and yes you had to be there! Mystical Fairies is the obvious choice for a perfectly planned and executed event. The company prides itself on its ability to go above and beyond for their client’s needs. It doesn’t matter if you have a venue booked, decorations arranged and everything planned down to the birthday child’s shoes, or you just have a 3 year old who desperately wants to meet Tinkerbell, they have a collection of packages and options to suit you. They can provide everything from a simple entertainer to putting on the whole party or event from activities, cakes, balloons and party bags to glitter tattoos, sweetie tables and personalised decorations. Don’t let the name fool you, Mystical Fairies can most definitely provide everything for a special birthday girl, they

5 8 M AY 2 0 1 5

certainly don’t forget about the boys. Anything from Knights and Princes to Pirates and Wizards, they will endeavour to organise an unforgettable event for your little man. As we get closer to the summer holidays, I’m sure the majority of parents are starting to worry as to what they can do when the little ones are no longer at school and need to be kept occupied. Mystical Fairies has an answer for this too! As well as organising incredible events, this wonderful company hosts many holiday classes, workshops and activities to suit a wide range of ages and personalities. As I’m sure anyone who’s been to a Mystical Fairies party will agree, these are truly special events that will create unforgettable memories for both you and the children. If you want whimsical or wacky or a little bit of both, Mystical Fairies has the answer. As they say, they are ‘a treasure trove of all things sparkly and perfect’ and they couldn’t be more right. Trust me when I say there will be lots of sparkles and fairy dust! THE DETAILS To book your children’s party please call 020 7431 1888 or email: fairyqueen@ mysticalfairiesparties.com www.mysticalfairies.co.uk

91x64 C_AW.pdf

18/04/2013

22:24

OCTOPUS ROCK

Beautiful swim & beachwear available all year round for boys & girls age 0-12 years F E AT U R I N G D E S I G N E R S Vilebrequin, LoveBrand & Co, Kate Mack, Elizabeth Hurley Beach, Sunuva & ilovegorgeous

www.octopusrock.com

Second

YUMMY MUMMY

generation Fiona North was one of the first people in the country to develop hand casting and framing to create unique and lasting mementos of babies hands and feet - she cast her first baby’s hands in 1987 - and started selling Little Impressions from her Clapham home in 1991.

ast year she cast her first ‘second generation’ baby’s hands for one of her original, now grown-up, babies. Clapham isn’t called nappy valley for nothing – it has consistently had one of the highest birth rates in Europe – and Fiona’s baby business has boomed. Her work has featured in Harpers and Queen, she has been seen on TV – but business mainly comes from word of mouth. And, of course once you have had your first baby’s hands done, you tend to come back with number two… three…four… Little Impressions has been franchised across the UK and as far afield as Dubai and Singapore – but Fiona continues to offer her unique service, personally making individual casts for proud parents, across London. How have times changed? “Originally all my customers brought their children to have their casts done at my home,” says Fiona, “but today’s working parents are often

6 0 M AY 2 0 1 5

time poor so increasingly I visit them in their homes. The end product is the same – beautiful and unique mementos of your baby that you will treasure forever.” Fiona’s art framing business is also now well established in Clapham. As she says, “I’ve always done all my own framing of Little Impressions and baby mementos, like first shoes, in hand made box frames. Customers, knowing that I was art school trained and could advise on unique framing combinations to enhance specific pictures, started bringing their framing to me. Art framing now occupies an increasing proportion of my time – I sometimes think my work must now be on most of the walls of Clapham and Wandsworth’s houses!” THE DETAILS LIttle Impressions 64 Rodenhurst Road, London SW4 8AR t: 020 8674 4068 m: 07766 101 570 www.little-impressions.com

YUMMY MUMMY

Helping children cope with bereavement One of life’s sad certainties is that we will all experience the loss of a loved one. But talking about death remains something of a taboo and most parents struggle to explain it to their children. But it’s important to help them understand the mixture of emotions that accompany the passing of someone close to them, to provide them with comfort and support through what will be a difficult period in their life.

or many children their first real experience of death will be when a pet passes on. Use this opportunity to talk about death in an honest but non-alarming manner. Many parents make the mistake of hiding the facts of death from their child when a pet dies, by pretending the cat has got lost or “the cat has gone to sleep”, but you’ll be doing your child a disservice. The death of a pet serves as an opening to talk about death in a clear way, thus preparing your child for dealing with the heightened emotions that will arise. Children are also extremely susceptible to imaginative concepts surrounding death, and believe that, like in the world of super heroes, people can die and magically come back to life. In fact when psychologists carried out extensive research and it was found that most very young children thought death was a sleep-like state, and that a person could be awoken from it, as in the fairy tale Sleeping Beauty. It’s important that your child understands the difference between the fantasy world and the real world. Whatever your background and personal experiences of death, don’t fixate on the subject and feel you have to have a formal, sit-down talk with your child to explain the facts. Rather introduce death into the conversation only when it’s appropriate, and make it clear to your child that death is a part of life.

PREPARING A CHILD FOR LOSS When a bereavement is expected - although the eventual death of this person will still be sad, having some time to prepare is helpful to both parents and children. Children are very perceptive and even if they don’t appear to be affected by what’s going on they will know if something isn’t ‘quite right’, so don’t try and hide what’s happening from them. They may want to talk to you about it but if they think the subject is not open for discussion your child will feel helpless and stranded. They may not want to talk but need reassurance so they do not feel alone. Don’t force your child to talk if they don’t want to - they’ll come to you when they’re ready. And try very hard not to let your own emotions come in the way - it’s important children don’t feel blamed for the ‘sad thing’ ‘that is going on at home. That said, it’s important not to hide your feelings from your child, either. Children need to know that’s it’s okay to be upset and to cry when something sad happens, but you must ensure you explain to your child why you’re upset: “I’m so sad that granny has died - we cry when we’re feeling sad, don’t we?...” Of course the hardest loss to prepare for is that of a parent or sibling. Be prepared for questions and always take the time to sit down and answer them, in an honest and age-appropriate manner. One of the saddest worries a child may express is that they are somehow responsible - “Is Daddy going to die because I’ve been naughty?” - so you must assure them this is not the case. One of the most positive things you can do to help your child is to focus on sharing memories together, by reminding them of all those wonderful shared experiences they have enjoyed with a loved one and no one can take away those precious moments. You may like to create memory boxes filled with special things, photos and letters. - your child will have an opportunity to look back on the happy times, and be able to return to their box for comfort when they feel sad. All of these ‘physical’ items will help your child to connect with their loved one in the days, weeks and years after their death. 6 2 M AY 2 0 1 5

CHILDREN AND THE GRIEVING PROCESS Children express their grief in a variety of ways. And, most significantly, their response oscillates - one minute they may seem upset, the next they may seem fine. This can be quite distressing for a parent. Try not to be upset if it seems your child is more interested in playing. They need time and space to come to terms with what has happened. Children often become angry - they are cross that a loved one has ‘abandoned’ them and may worry that they have done something bad to cause this. It’s important to let your child know that their anger is normal and that the person who has died would have stayed alive if they could. Your child may also demonstrate an unhealthy interest in the ‘details’ of death, and may ask lots of awkward questions. You should answer as honestly as you can, without scaring your child or leaving them more confused. Children will experience the same grieving process as an adult, but they will express their feelings in a different way. There may be physical manifestations such as wetting the bed, and difficulty coping with everyday life, such as going to school or the childminder. However your child’s grief manifests itself, it’s vitally important to acknowledge their feelings in a sensitive manner; let them talk when they want to talk, be quiet when they want to be quiet, play and laugh when they feel ready to do so. Just being there, ready to listen and support your child is vital. Children need to understand that it’s okay to cry and not hide their feelings. GETTING EXPERT HELP & FURTHER READING Your GP can help with any physical or mental manifestations of grief your child may be experiencing. They can also put you in touch with counselling services and child psychologists if you feel your child requires additional support to come to terms with their loss. There are also several charities dedicated to helping children cope with bereavement, including the following: WINSTON’S WISH Winston’s Wish is the leading childhood bereavement charity in the UK and the biggest provider of services to children who have experienced the death of a loved one. Offering practical support and guidance for parents and their children, its services include a national helpline which each year supports around 3500 families across the country. The helpline number is 08452 03 04 05. THE CHILD BEREAVEMENT CHARITY The Child Bereavement Charity is the UK’s leading charity that supports families and educates professionals both when a child dies and when a child is bereaved. Every year the charity trains around 5000 professionals across health care, social care, education, the emergency services and the voluntary sector. It also provides a support and information service, award-winning resources, an interactive website with online forums, and Buckinghamshire-based support groups. For more information or to support the work of the charity, please contact: The Child Bereavement Charity, Working to help bereaved families or telephone 01494 446648

Smarter skincare “I regularly get asked for the magic solution when it comes to skin. Skinade incorporates a lovely mix of skin health boosting benefits. It tastes good, it is easy to maintain and you will see the results within a short period of time.” Dr. Kathryn Taylor-Barnes, The Real You Clinic.

Skinade is a revolutionary skincare drink that works from the inside out to help rebuild and strengthen the collagen matrix below the skin’s surface, boost natural levels of hydration and reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Developed by leading UK scientists and manufactured in Britain, Skinade’s unique formulation contains high-grade collagen and essential micro-nutrients feeding your skin from within.

www.skinade.com

Does it work? Scan code for 100% real and Trustpilot verified, independent customer reviews

Ladival.co.uk

Do you know what Infrared-A is doing to your skin? Protect yourself against up to 4x more of the sun’s rays* UV-B

IR-A

• Ladival’s Advanced Infrared-A Defence System protects against UV-A, UV-B and Infrared-A; that’s 4x more of the sun’s damaging rays*

Hyperdermis

• Infrared-A penetrates deeper into our skin and may cause accelerated ageing, loss of firmness, wrinkling and long-term cell damage

Dermis

Epidermis

• Infrared-A makes up 30% of the sun’s rays; UV accounts for just 7%

UV-A

Diagram showing the sun’s rays penetrating your skin.

Ladival. Sun protection in a new light. Ladival is available in a variety of SPF levels and formats for both adults and children. *Compared to UV-A/UV-B only sun creams.